CENSUS OF INDIA, 1951
VOLUME xvn
THE ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS
PART I-REPORT PART II-TABLES
A. K. GHOSH, I.C.S., Chief Commissioner and Ex-officio Superintendent of Census Operations, Andaman & Nicobar Islands
PUBLISHED BY THE MANAGER OF PUBLICATIONS, DELHI PRINTED BY THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA PRESS, CALCUTTA, INDIA 1955 PCC.123 1,000
Price:
Delux: . Rs. 13{8/- or 21sh. 6d. Ordinary . Rs. 3/- or 5sh. CONTENTS
PART I-REPORT
PAGII
PREFACE v INTRODUCTION ix
CUAPTER- I General Population xii II Rural Population xvii III Urban Population xix IV Agricultural Classes xx V Non-Agricultural Classes xxv VI Families, Sexes and Principal Age Groups xxxiii VII Questi~n No. 13 xxxix
ApPENDIX- A The Andaman and Nicobar Islands by Shri S. K. Gupta, 1. A. S. xli B Programme Ix C The Andaman Forests and their Development by Shri B. S. Chengapa Ixii D Marine Fisheries in Andamans hy Shri V. Sadasivan lxv E On the Origin of the Andamanese by Dr. Lidio Cipriani lxvi F On the Shom-Pen of Great Nicobar by Shri B. S. Chengapa b:xii
PART II-TABLES
General Population Tables TABLE AI Area, Houses and Population 3 AIl Variation in Population during fifty years 3 AlII Towns and Villages classified by population 4 AIV Towns classified by population with variations since 1901 4 AV Towns arranged territorially with population by Livelihood Classes 4
Economic Tables BI Livelihood Classes and Sub-classes 5 BII Secondary Means of Livelihood 8 BIll Self-supporting persons classified as Employers, Employees and Independent Workers in Industries and Services by Divisions and Sub-divisions 10
Household and Age (Sample) Tables CI Household (Size and Composition) 36 CII Livelihood Classes by Age Groups for Sample Population 37 CIlI Age and Civil Coudition for Sample Population 40 CIV Age and Literacy for Sample Population 42 CV Single Year Age Returns for Sample Population 43
Social and Oultural Tables DI(i) Mother Tongue 46 DI(ii) Bi -lingualism 46 DII Religion • 49 DIll Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes 49 !,DIV Migrants . 49 DV(i) Displaced Peraons from Pakistan-their Origin in Pakistan and Ye!lr of Arrival in India. 50 DV(ii) Displaced Persons from Pakistan-by Livelihood Classes 51 DVI Non-Indian Nationals 51 DVII Livelihood Classes by Educational Standards 52
Summary Figures for Districts E Summary Figures by Districts 53
PREFACE
THIS REPORT should really have been written successful conclusion. I must make parti by Shri S. K. Gupta, LA.S., who was Deputy cular mention of Bishop John Richardson, Commissioner of the Andaman and Nicobar M.P., who (himself a Nicobari) organized and Islands from 1948 to 1951, and who as Census ably carried out the census of all the Nicobar Superintendent organized and carried out the Islands under the able guidance of Shri Gupta. census operations up to the stage of enumera Bishop Richardson and his assistant Abednego tion in March I951. Shri Gupta, unfortunate crossed the seas in small sailing vessels ly, was transferred on the completion of his and canoes during February and March three years in March I951. He was, there I95I, and carried their labour of love to a fore, unable to study the detailed figures after successful conclusion. I must also mention tabulation in order to write the report in the Shri P. Sundaramurthi, Treasury Officer, who form indicated by the Government of India acted as Deputy Superintendent of Census a few days before he made over charge. He Operations in addition to his other duties did, however, write an introduction to the throughout, except for a brief period when report. As that is not in the form required he was posted elsewhere. My Secretary, by Government, it has been published as Shri K. C. Banerjea, ably carried on Appendix I A' to this report. The credit of the work of Deputy Superintendent during organizing these census operations and carry Shri Sundaramurthi's absence. Shri V. Sada ing them through up to the difficult stage of sivan has ungrudgingly and without any re enumeration is entirely his. muneration given help whenever required in On the departure of Shri Gupta I took preparing tables and in studying the statistics. over census work. There was no other alter Shri V. Gurumurthi as clerk in charge of the native, as I had been in these Islands then for Census Department was responsible for two years, and as Shri Gupta's successor did the able management of the office side not arrive till October, more than six months of the work. My Personal Assistant, after he had left the Islands. Being pre Shri P. J. Samuel ungrudgingly spared occupied with my normal work, I have, time from his numerous other duties to look unfortunately, not been able to spare very after the census papers, and to type the report much time for census work. That is why this out of office hours at odd times. Last of all report has been delayed. I have been able come a host of others, too numerous to men to complete it just in time, on the eve of my tion, without whose willing help these censuses own departure. I suggest that as census work .would not be possible-people who, because is becoming more and more important, and in they work for the love of the work and with these Islands becoming more and more com out any payment, make our censuses so plex, a full-time Superintendent should be appointed for the I96I Census. Although economical. more economical, it is an unsatisfactory I am indebted to the writers of the previous arrangement to saddle an officer who already Censuses, particularly to Sir Richard Temple, has a full-time job to be part-time Superinten Mr. R. F. Lowis and Mr. M. C. Bonnington for dent in addition to his own other work. the information contained in their reports. I I t only remains for me to thank all those have freely drawn upon this information in who have helped to carry this Census to a writing my own report. A. K. GHOSH, Chief Commissioner 6- PORT BLAIR, Ex-officio Superintendent of Dated the 20th juJy, I953. Census OPerations.
[ v]
PART I REPORT
CENSUS OF INDIA, 1951 REPORT
ON THE ANDAMAN & NICOBAR ISLANDS
INTRODUCTION
IT IS USUAL in Census Reports to give detailed 1951, 1952 and 1953 did valuable work in these information about the history and geography of Islands) will show. His note on the origin of the area covered. But as information about the these peoples may be seen in Appendix 'E '. Andaman and Nicobar Islands can be found in These people continued in undisputed position of previous Census Reports (noticeably in those of the Andamans (except for sporadic raids by 1901 by Sir Richard Temple and of 1931 by Malays and Chinese who came here in ships to Mr. M. C. Bonnington) I do not propose to give collect slaves) for countless generations until the a detailed description of these Islands. But as first recorded attempt to colonize the Andamans conditions here are so unlike anything to be was made in 1789, when Captain Archibald Blair, found in the rest of India, it is essential that a R. N., established a settlement under the orders brief general description be given so that this of the Government of India at what is now known report may be self-contained. as Port Blair. A few years later this colony was 2. The Andaman and Nicobar Islands, though moved to the nortn, to what is now known as they form one administrative unit, and in this and Port Cornwallis. But the colony did not prosper previous Censuses were taken as one district, con because of malaria; and had ultimately to be sist of two separate groups of islands with entirely closed down in 1796. different populations with their separate problems, 4. About sixty years later the question of open and living under very dissimilar conditions. The ing a naval station in the Andamans to protect the Andamans consist of a chain of islands stretching crews of ships wrecked off these Islands was from Landfall Island in the north to Little again mooted. While this was under discussion, Andaman in the south, in an arc stretching over and papers and despatches were travelling some 200 miles of sea. About 80 miles to the between London and Calcutta, the people of south of Little Andaman is Car Nicobar, the India made their first major attempt to throw out northernmost of the Nicobar group of islands, their alien conquerors in 1857. The ruthless sup continuing in an arc for another 200 miles to pression of the Mutiny resulted in problem of Great Nicobar, which is only some 120 miles dis finding accommodation for a vast number of tant from the northern tip of Sumatra. prisoners; and it was decided to send these men 3. The Andaman Islands consist of five islands to the Andamans. The old settlement at Port lying so close together as to form for all practical Blair was revived; and the first batch of convicts purposes one land mass, with Little Andaman arrived in 1858. The newcomers came into con some 40 miles to the south, but connected by a flict with the original inhabitants, who naturally chain of little islands, which form stepping stones resented the coming of these strangers into their across the sea to Great Andamans. From time country; and there were several affrays between immemorial the Andaman Islands have been in the aboriginals and the new settlers. In course habited by a small Negrito people divided into of time one group of the aboriginals, the Anda several groups and tribes hostile to each other. manese, were won over and induced to come into Recent anthropological studies, both social and the settlement, where they were not only boarded on their blood groups, tend to show that these and lodged free but were given gifts. The result Negritos are an extremely ancient people, who of this kind treatment has been the elimination probably occupied the whole of South-East Asia of this tribe, who have decreased from an esti in pre-historic times. They have cultural con mated four or five thousand in the 1860s to only nections with the Semang of Malaya and the Aeta twentythree in 1951. Such are the effects of the of the Philippines, as the recent researches of gifts of civilization (tobacco, alcohol, venereal and Professor Cipriani (an anthropologist who during other diseases) to these primitive peoples! The
[ix] 17 HOME/54 2 INTRODUCTION J arawas, another group, have fortunately for Nicobar, the Shorn-Pens. Shri B. S. Chengapa, themselves remained hostile ever since the Conservator of Forests led an expedition to Great foundation of the penal settlement-nearly a Nicobar in 1952, and travelled extensively over hundred years ago. Previous Census reports that island for two months. He came into con those of 1901, 1911 and 1921-give details of ex tact with practically all the Shorn-Pen settle pediti~ns led against these people. Such tactics ments ; and he estimates their total number to-day have not endeared us to the J arawas; and they at about 200. have remained implacably hostile. It was there 6. The decade 1941 to 1950 has been of tremen fore quite impossible to visit their camps and dous importance to the Andaman Islands. It has enumerate them; and only an estimate can be marked the ending of an epoch with the abolition made of their numbers-an estimate based on the of the penal settlement in 1945. It witnessed the information obtained from Forest Officers who occupation of the country by an alien force-the have been serving in these Islands for the last 20 Japanese-between March 1942 and October 1945, or 30 years and know these forests intimately. during which occupation the islands were very The J arawas number perhaps three or four short of food because only military stores could hundred in all to-day. In 1901, Sir Richard be brought in due to the Allied blockade-and Temple estimated their total at about 600. This these only in submarines. The Allies landed a shows that during the last fifty years this tribe commando party by submarine in the Andamans, at least has been more or less stationary in num and the Japanese came to know of their presence, bers-both Sir Richard Temple's figures and mine though they never· succeeded in capturing the are only estimates. The third group of abori men. In order to extort information about these ginals lived in Little Andaman, and were saved spies the Japanese troops inflicted severe and pro from interference because of their isolation. longed torture on many people, particularly They as well as the Jarawas continue to be in people who knew English; and as a result of the same state of civilization as they were perhaps these tortures an unknown number of men, 10,000 years ago. Dr. Cipriani lived with the women and children died. When food was run Onges for three months between February and ning short the Japanese Commander decided to May 1953, and succeeded in enumerating over 400 take drastic steps: ruthlessly eliminate the old of them. He estimates their total number to and the infirm, and leave only those who could day at about 600. According to him these people work for the foreign invaders. As a result of this are.stillliving in the paleolithic (or the Old Stone) policy many hundreds of people were shot, and age. The Onges have, unfortunately for them, many more hundreds drowned in seas. By these recently acquired the habit of coming from Little and other methods the population of the Anda Andaman to Port Blair in their little canoes to mans was reduced by over 3,000 during the three obtain tobacoo, sugar and other luxuries not to years and a half the Japanese occupied the be found in their native forests. If this continues, Islands. And had the Allies not come in October they will go the same way as the Andamanese in 1945, bringing with them supplies of food and the course of next hundred years. As the riUm medicines and clothes, the number of deaths bers of the aboriginals declined, so the strength would have been very much greater. of the penal settlement increased, until it reached 7. With the abolition of the penal settlement its zenith at the beginning of this century. It in 1945 a free par'don was granted to all convicts: was ultimately abolished in 1945. and they as well as ex-convicts were all offered 5. The people of the Nicobar Islands are repatriation to their homes in the mother country entirely different racially from the aboriginals of at Government expense. Nearly 4,000 souls took the Andamans, whom they displaced many advantage of this offer, with the result that by hundreds of years ago. They, unlike the Anda 1946 the population of the Islands had fallen manese, are a vigorous and thriving people, who below 14,000, whereas in 1941 it was over 21,000. have adapted themselves to their changing condi But newcomers have been coming in at an in tions, and who are rapidly increasing in numbers creasing rate to replace these losses. Sporadic now that hospitals and other medical aids have efforts have been made between 1949 and 1952 been made available to them. Their origin is a to resettle refugees from East Bengal on the . little doubtful: possibly they came from Burma lands abandoned by the repatriated convicts; and originally. But as we travel to the south an in over 1,500 people have been so settled during creasing amount of Malayan and Chinese blood these four years. These 1,500 people have is noticeable. The people of all the Nicobar occupied all the old available lands. But as the Islands have been enumerated for the first time Andaman Islands are still definitely underpopu in this Census-all of them except a few semi lated, and have to rely on the mother country hostile people who live in the interior of Great both for labour and for food, a proper plan has
[x] INTRODUCTION been made to settle 20,000 people in these Islands out danger to their very existence. As a glance during the next five years; and the first lot of at the maps (facing pages XLi & L) will show, the about 400 pioneers under this scheme have already Andaman and Nicobar Islands are narrow, and no come to the Andamans in May and June 1953. place is more than 10 or 12 miles from the sea. They are but the forerunners of a great stream The country which is very hilly, is at present of immigrants who will more than double the covered with dense forests. Indiscriminate des population of the Andamans before the next truction of these forests, and the conversion of the Census is taken in 1961. As the present inten land into paddy fields may result in such soil tions are to continue the settlement of people erosion that in the course of a few generations the not all refugees-in these Islands even after the soil built up during millions of years will all be implementation of the first Five Year Scheme, washed into the sea, and nothing but a chain of the population of the Andaman Islands will barren rocks in the sea will be left behind. That continue to grow steadily until it numbers about this is not an idle nightmare will be evi a lakh of souls. After that there should be a dent from a visit to several areas that have pause, and a detailed survey made to find out been indiscriminately deforested within the how many people these Islands can support with- last hundred years.
[xi] CHAPTER I
General Population 1. Preliminary Remm'l~s-The Andaman and Although between 1901 and 1941 the popula- Nicobar Islands, although they form one district tion of the Nicobar Islands increased steadily, both for civil administration and for the Census, during the last decade it showed a small decrease. consist of two entirely different groups of Islands The decrease is due to the effects of the last war, with entirely different problems. In the Anda- when the Nicobar Islands were under the occupa- mans the increase and decrease in population was tion of Japanese Forces, and the people suffered until 1945 entirely artificial; and is even now far many hardships as a consequence. Another more influenced by outside factors than by cause of this decrease is the severe epidemic of natural causes. In the Nicobars, on the other poliomyelitis that swept the Nicobars during hand, there is little outside interference; and in- 1947-48. creases and decreases are mainly due to natural In the Andamans the population has fluctu- causes. ated between 1901 and 1941 according as the From 1858 until October 1945 the Andaman strength of the penal settlement increased or Islands were a penal settlement; and except for decreased. But by 1941 the number of free sett- the steadily decreasing number of aboriginals, lers (those who had come of their own free will almost the entire population consisted of convicts from the mainland to settle in the Andamans, as and of people who were in these Islands in con- well as convicts who had elected to remain in nection with these convicts-warders, armed these Islands after they had served their terms. forces, administrative personnel, and merchants and their children) was becoming an appreciable catering to the above. The strength of the proportion of the total population; and just before population, therefore, depended entirely on the the evacuation of the Islands in March 1942, the number of convicts that were sent to these Islands population of the Andamans was probably the from the mainland. If a large number of con- highest it has ever been. viets were received, up went the population; if, The Japanese Armed Forces occupied these on the other hand, the number of convicts coming Islands in March, 1942; and held sway here for in fell below normal, down went the population. over three years and a half, until the Allies Since the abolition of the penal settlement in occupied the Islands'in October, 1945. A rough 1945 no convicts have, it is true, been sent to and ready census was taken on reoccupation by these Islands. But artificial factors continue to the Rationing authorities; and the population influence the growth of population: the bringing was found to be approximately 18,000. Thus, in of large numbers of labourers from various during this period the population decreased by parts of India on contract to serve in these Islands 3,300, due to shortage of food, as well as because for one year has artificially inflated the immigra- of the torture and the systematic killing by the tion figures; the plan to settle refugees from Japanese Forces-towards the end of their tenure East Pakistan in the Andamans has resulted in the Japanese evidently decided that the popula- an increase of nearly ten per cent. of the popula- tion should be reduced as the food supply was tion during the years 1949, 1950 and 1951. inadequate, since no food could be brought in For these reasons the figures for general dis from outside due to the Allied blockade. They, tribution and density of population, for growth of therefore, set about destroying the aged and the population, for their movement and natural in infirm in a systematic manner. Several hundred crease, as well as the livelihood pattern do not were shot, while several hundred more were have much significance for the future. A change taken out to sea in launches and thrown over of conditions or a change of policy will imme board miles from the nearest land. diately bring about large changes in these figures. When the Allied Forces reoccupied the Anda 2. General distribution and densitY-The man Islands, the Government of India issued a table below gives a comparative statement of the proclamation abolishing the penal settlement, population for the last fifty years: remitting all sentences, and offering to repatriate at Government expense all those who wished to Year Andamans Nicobars return to India. Some 4,200 persons availed of 1901. 18,138 6,511 1911 17,641 8,818 this offer during 1945 and 1946. By the end of 1921 17,814 9,272 the latter year the population of the Andamans 1931 19,223 10,240 1941 21,316 12,452 had sunk to a little under 14,000-a net reduction 1951 18,962 12,009 of 7,000 (or 33 per cent.) in some five years. [xii] GENERAL POPULATION
During the ensuing five years the population in annual crops, they have been classed as planters, creased by over 5,000 (an increase of 36 per cent.) not as cultivators. If we omit the Nicobarese, due to the influx of some 1,500 refugees, as well who, though not classed as cultivators, live off the as a large number of labourers brought by the land, the figures in Class V will come down from Forest and other Departments for work, since 56·60 per cent. to about 10 per cent., which is not convict labour was no longer available. at all an unreasonable figure. 8. Gl'owth-As I have said before already, the The four agricultural classes together comprise growth of population in the Andamans is mainly some 14 per cent. of the general population; and due to artificial causes, not natural causes. In the out of this 14 per cent. the vast majority, that is Nicobars, where natural causes have free play, to say about 13 per cent., belongs to the group of there was a slight set-back during the decade cultivators who either wholly or mainly own the under review because of the war, and because of land they cultivate. Only 0'5 per cent. are culti the sudden appearance of a disease (poliomye vators of land that is not wholly or mainly owned litis) to which the Nicobarese were unaccustom by them and their dependents. That is because ed, and against which they therefore had no in the Andamans there are practically no rent immunity. receiving interests: land is held by the cultivator 4. Movement of population-Immigration and directly under Government. emigration are, as has already been stated, Private enterprise is still very small in the artificial, not natural, in so far as the Andaman Andaman Islands; and most undertakings-the Islands are concerned. As for the Nicobars, if exploitation of the forests, the running of the we consider the islands as a whole, both immi sawmills, the running of the dockyard-are gration and emigration ar2 for all practical directly managed by Government. This explains purposes niL the high percentage in Livelihood Class VIII-21 The immigration figures for the Andamans per cent. of the popUlation being dependent for have been artificially swelled by the coming and their livelihood on other services and miscellane going of labourers from the Chotanagpur Plateau ous sources. of Bihar and from South India. These labourers, 7. Concluding remarks -The growth of popu- almost always single men, come to the Andamans lation in the Andaman Islands will for many on contract for one year; and nearly all of them years to come continue to be largely influenced return home after their year's work in these by outside factors. During the four years from Islands. In addition to these temporary immi 1949 to 1952 inclusive some 1,8&1 persons were grants, between 1949 and 1951 some 1,500 dis brought from Bengal to settle in lands available placed persons from East Bengal arrived in Port in the South Andamans; and of them 1,527 re Blair, to be settled on lands vacant as a result of mained behind, and only 334 have gone back to deaths during the Japanese regime, and the re the mainland. This hap-hazard re-settlement of partriation of convicts and ex-convicts on the refugees has now stopped; and we have made abolition of the penal settlement in 1945. plans systematically to deforest some 20,000 acres 5. Natural increase, births and deaths -As the of land in the Middle Andamans and settle 4,000 Japanese Forces, for some unknown reason des families of agriculturists in these lands during troyed all old records, the figures for births and the next five years. A beginning has already been deaths prior to 1945 are not available. Hence it made; and the first 100 families (comprising 356 is impossible to calculate the increase in popula souls) arrived in the Andamans during May and tion due to natural causes-the excess of births June 1953. On an average of five souls per over deaths-during this decade. But under family, this means that during the next five years normal conditions this increase is higher than in some 20,000 persons (half of them refugees from most parts of the rest of India, as figures avail Bengal and the other half volunteers from the able since 1946 show. rest of India) will be settled in the Andamans, 6. Livelihood pattern-Subsidiary Table 1(8) thus more than doubling the population in half (at page xvi) shows the distribution of the liveli a decade. As the present intentions are to make hood pattern per 10,000 of the general population. a second Five Year Plan as soon as the first has At first sight the figures for Class V (Production been implemented, and as it is estimated that the other than cultivation) look rather startling at Andaman Islands can support an agricultural 56·60 per cent. But this is somewhat misleading population of about a lakh of souls, the natural because in this class has been included the people increase in popUlation will continue to be insigni of the Nicobar Islands. As the main source of ficant in comparison with the artificial for perhaps livelihood of these people is their coconut planta another generation. tions, supplemented by produce from small The check in the increase of the Nicobarese gardens, and as they do not cultivate land for population was only temporary. These people,
[xiii] GENERAL POPULATION
who are healthy and vigorous, and to whom forest operations in Nancowry, Katchal, Great medical aid has been increasingly made available and Little Nicobar, and opening forest villages since the end of the war, continue to multiply at there. Surplus families from Car Nicobar will a rapid rate-I might almost say at an alarming be taken to these forest villages, the men given rate, for they love their homes, and show a employment for four or five years, while the other marked disinclination to emigrate even to the members of their families establish coconut plan other islands of the Nicobar group. As a result, Car Nicobar, with an area of 49 sq. miles and a tations, and then settled permanently in these population of 8,374, is already overcrowded. We villages when the plantations can support the are, however, planning to induce families to emi people, when the forest operations will be trans grate to the less crowded islands by beginning ferred to some other place.
SUBSIDIARY TABLES
Series I
I (1) Area and Population, Actual and Percentage, by Taluk Density
Taluk with Density ~------~------~Under 100 100·150 150·200 200-300 300-450 450-600 600-750 750 & over Natural Dlvl· r--A__ , ~_A--~ (-~_~ ~~ ~ r __A __~ ~~ r--A--, sion and Area Popu- Area Popu- Area Popu- Area Popu- Area Popu- Area Popu- Area Popu- Area Pop,u. District lation latlon latlon lation lation lation lation latlon
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (il) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)
Bay Islands Andaman & 3,215 31 Nicobar District (square miles)
I (2) Variation and Density of General Population
Population Increase (+ ) Percentage ---- Density Decrease (-) r ------. __..__ 1941 1931 1921 to to to 1951 1941 1931 1921-- Natural Division and District 1951 1941 1931
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
Bay I,lands·
-8'S +14'6 10 Andaman & Nicobar District +8'8 11 9 9
I (3) Mean Decennial Growth Rates during Three Decades
Mean population of Mean population of decade for area under Growth of popnlation decade Mean decennial growth Registered births during registration of births and during decade rate decade deaths ,.-.-___-A. ____--... r-----___..A._~ r---...... _~ r--...___.A.__ --"' r-----...... __--~ Natural Division and District 1941-50 1931-40 1921-30 1941·50 1931-40 1921-30 1941-50 1931·40 1921-30 1941-50 1931-40 1921-30 1941-50 1931.40 1921-30
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) Bay Islands
ADdaman & Nicobar District 32,369 31,616 28,276 32,369 31.616 28,276 -2,797 +4,305 +2,377 -8'6 +13·6 +8'4
[xiv] GENERAL POPULATION Series I-contd. I (3) Mean Decennial Growth Rates during Three Decades-concld.
Mean decennial birth Registered deaths during Mean decennial death Decennial rate of natural Mlgratlon-cum-Regis- rate (registered) decade rate (registered) increase (registered) tration error r---__.A._ ___ ~ ~ ____.A.. ___...., ,.....--__A _____-, r------':------Natural Divlsi'Jn and r-----'------, District 1941-50 1931·40 1921-30 1941-50 1931-40 1921-30 1941-50 1931-40 1921-30 1941-50 1931-40 1921-30 1941-50 1931-40 1921-31
(1) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31)
Bay Islands
Aud'Amlln & 'NillObllt Dillttict
NOTE-Columns 14 to 31 cannot be filled np as all the previous census records have been destroyed by the Japallese during their occupation of these Islands.
I' (4) Immigration
Born in r------District of enumeration Other districts...... -"------of same Other parts of the State natural division Natural Division and Dist·rict r-.------_J~------~ r------~----.~ ,------A----- where eUllmera ted Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
• Bay I slanus
ADdaman & Nicobar District 19.323 9.964 9.359
Eron in Beyond India r- Adjacent States Other parts of India Pakistan Other territories Natural Division and District ,-----'--...., ,- ...., ...., where enumerated Persons Males }!'emales Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males };'emale (1) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22)
Bay Island,
Andaman & Nicobar District 10.277 8.145 2.132 1.371 946 425
I (5) Emigration
Enumerated in India -----~ ------State Adjacent States other States Enumerated outside India Natural Population ,-----'--___..... ,--___.A- __-, ,--- S tate where horn -"------..... ,----.A----- Persons Males l!'emales Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Female
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
Andaman & Nicobar 104 Islands 76 28 19.427 10,040 9,387
I (6) Migration between the State and other parts of India
Immigration Emigration Immigration minu8 emigration ,-----____... ,- ...., State 1951 1931 Variation 1951 1931 Variation 1951 1931
(I) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
ADdaman & Nicobar Islands 10,277 14.255 3.978 104 552 448 10.173 13.703 [XV] GENERAL POPULATION Series I-coneld. I (7) Variation in Natural Population
1951 1931 Percentage IncreaHe r------~------__, ,------'------__, (+) Decrease (-) Recorded Immigrants Emigrants Natural Popu- Recorded Immigrants Emigrants Natural Popu- (1931-51) in Na State Population lation (2+4-3) Population laHon (6+8-7) tural Poputation
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
AndamaD & Nieobllr IslaDds 30,971 11,648 104 19,427 29.463 14.255 552 15.760 +23-3
I (8) Livelihood Pattern of General Population
Pcr 10,000 of General Population belonging to Livelihood CIa" ,- ~ .. Natural Division and District II III IV V VI VII VIII
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
Bay Islands
Andaman & Nicobar District 1,313 53 42 16 5.660 464 353 2,099
[xvi] CHAPTER U
Rural Population 1. P1'eliminary remarks-This is the first time 5. Natural increase, births and deaths-Un that any distinction has been made in these fortunately it is not possible to compare the Islands between rural and urban areas: until the natural increase during the decade 1941 to 1950 1941 Census the entire area was treated as rural. with previous decades, because all records, in For the 1951 Census, only the Headquarters area cluding those of births and deaths, were destroyed (that is to say Port Blair) has been treated as during the Japanese occupation. Moreover, dur urban; and all the rest of the Islands as rural. ing this period of occupation artificial factors But even in Port Blair, though it has electric grately enhanced the death rate. light, running water, tarred roads and a taxi 6. Livelihood pattern-The livelihood pattern service of a sort, conditions still verge on the for the rural population shows somewhat the rural. And until recently the entire developed same trend as for the general population. A high area of the Andamans (except for a few tem percentage belongs to Class V-Production other porary forest camps where extraction of timber than cultivation-becau~e the coconut planters was going on) was within a few miles of Port of the Nicobars have been shown in this class. Blair. Conditions to-day are changing rapidly, The entire cultivated area-cultivated for with the proposal to settle in the Middle Anda paddy-is in the Andamans; and therefore mans in the next five years an agricultural popul the agricultural classes are in the Andamans ation that will exceed the present total popula alone. tion of the Andaman Islands. Simultaneously, Mayabander is quickly developing as the Head 7. Concluding remarkS-Rural population in quarters area for the North Andamans; and by the Andamans is bound to increase rapidly with 1961 that also will probably be classified as an the implementation of the plans to colonize the urban area, for there also forest industries-a Middle and the North Andamans, which are at sawmill and a plywood factory-are developing, present almost uninhabited. When this happens, and the amenities of life are being provided the population of the Andaman Islands will be gradually. predominantly rural. This is as it should be ; for 2. General distribution -The total urban the Islands will then be able to produce more population, the inhabitants of Port Blair, number food than they require. This is essential for the 8,014 only. All the rest of the people, numbering safety of a community cut off by hundreds of 22,957, and comprising 74·1 per cent. of the total miles of sea from the mother country, as our population, live in villages scattered throughout experiences during the last war showed. Because the Andaman and Nicobar Islands; but are mostly of the A Hied blockade, the Japanese occupying concentrated in the south of the Andamans and forces were able to import food and other neces in Car Nicobar Island. sities in progressively decreasing quantities 3. Growth-As I have said in the first chapter, during 1944 and 1945-practically bringing in growth of population in the Andaman Islands, nothing except military stores during the latter both urban and rural, is governed entirely by out year. The people of the Andaman Islands which side factors. The entire population of the Nico was deficit in food, and a large part of whose bar Islands being rural, the remarks made about requirements came from the mainland of India their growth in the first chapter hold good for before the war, suffered terribly; and thousands this chapter also. died. The total number of deaths in the Nicobar 4. Movement -As this is the first time that Islands, on the other hand, was perhaps a areas have been classified into urban and rural, hundred or two-because the Nicobarese were no figures can be given showing the movement self-sufficient in food, and continued to live off into or out of urban areas. the produce of their coconut plantations and their
[xvii] 17 HOME/54 RURAL POPULATION gardens during the war, as they had done before. economy is essential if these Islands are to The lesson is there for all to see: a balanced prosper.
SUBSIDIARY TABLES Series II n (1) Distribution of Population between Villages
Number per 1,000 Rural Population in Villages with a population of Number Population per 1,000 per Village of General 5,000 & over 2,000 to 5,000 500 to 2,000 Under 500 Population Natural Division and District in Villages
(1) (2) (3)' (4) (5) (6) (7) Bay Islands Anda'llan & Nicobar Islands 122 741 238 762
n (4) Livelihood Pattern of Rural Population
Per 10,000 Rural Population belonging to Livelihood Classes .A. ""' Natural Divisiou and District I II III IV V VI VII VIII
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
Bay Islands And'lman & Nicobar Islands 1.694 69 56 16 6.551 163 194 1,257
NOTE-This is the first time that an attempt has been made to distinguish RURAL and URBAN population and hence, Table II (2)-Variation and Density of Rural Population and Table 1I(,1)-Mean Decennial Growth Rates during Three Decades of Rural Population,. cannot be compiled.
[xviii] CIIAP'l'ER m Urban Population As I have already said in Chapter II, thi~ is area in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands the first time that a distinction has been made as it is a small provincial town. There are between urban and rural areas in these Islands. no cities in these Islands, nor are any like Port Blair, with a popuLation of 8,014, has been ly to spring up for many generations to classified as an urban area-the only urban come.
SUBSIDIARY TABLES SeriesII1 ill (1) Distribution of PopuJation between Towns
Number per 1,000 of Urban Population in Towns with Populatiou of Number Population in Towns 20,000 10,000 5,000 Uuder per Town per 1,000 of .t to to 5,000 General over 20,000 10,000 Natural DiviSion and District Population (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
Bay Island. Andaman & Micobar Islands 8.014 259 1.000
III (6) Number per 1,000 of the General Population and of each Livelihood Class who live in Towns
Livelihood Class General r- POjJulntion Natural Division and District I II III IV V VI VII VIII (J) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Bay Islands Andaman & Micobar Islanda 265 44 42 15 250 142 739 593 556
III (7) Livelihood Pattern of Urban Population
Per 10,000 Urban Population belonging to Livelihood Classes
Natural DiVision and District I II III IV V VI VII VIII (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
Bay Islands
Andi\man & Nicobar Islands 221 9 2 15 3.107 1.325 S09 4,512
NOTE-On~y during this 1951 Census these Islands were divided into URBAN anti RURAL areas and hence, Table III(2)-Variation and fep~ty of l!rban Population, Table IIl(3)-Mean Decennial Growth Rates d~tring Three Decades Table IIl(4)-Tou!7Is Classified y 0pulatwn ana Table IIl(5)-Cities-Chie/ Figures, cannot be compiled. ' '
[xix] 3A Agricultural Classes 1. Preiimina1'Y remarks-Out of a total popul workers is 44, as against 55 per cent. of active ation of 30,971 in the Andaman and Nicobar workers. These figures show that all available Islands in 1951, 4,411 have been recorded as agri manpower has been enlisted for cultivation, due culturists. That is to say, only 14·2 per cent. of to the fact that there is ~ shortage of agricultural the total population are shown as agriculturists. labour in these Islands, as there is indeed of all This figure is misleading, because the entire kinds of labour. Because of this shortage of population of the Nicobar Islands live off the labour, and because jobs are easily available in land, even though they have been recorded as Government run industries (the Forest Depart plantation owners because they own coconut ment, the Marine Department, the P. W. D., etc.), plantations. If we add the population of the the percentage of active workers engaged wholly Nicobars to the number of agriculturists in the in cultivation is reduced. Andamans, the percentage of people living off the 4. The proportion oj a,ctive a,nd sem.i-a,ctive land in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands rises to workers to the tota,l population is 1: 12'8- Tha t 16,400, which is 53 per cent. of the total popula is to say, a single agriculturist feeds thirteen pel tion, and is a reasonable figure. sons. This figure might, however, give a wrong Other persons also live off the land, but in impression because many people are engaged in directly; people like the large number of industries; and their wages go to purchase food labourers employed by the Forest Department for and other necessities of life from the mainland felling, dragging, rafting and shipping timber. of India. But as these men draw monthly wages, and do 5. Progress of Cultiva,tion -Paddy is the main not live off what they themselves produce from crop in the Andaman Islands, coconut in the the land, they cannot be classed as agriculturists. 2. Agric'ultural population-It may not be Nicobars. In the latter the largest number of people is concentrated in Car Nicobar, where out of place to remark here that the broad classi there is very little room for expansion. On the fication of the agricultural population into four other is~'8Jnds the number is more or less groups is unsuited to the conditions prevailing stationary, and so is the area under coconut. It in the Andamans. Land here is allotted to a will be necessary for the people of Car Nicobar person on lease for a certain period under certain to emigrate to some of the other less crowded conditions directly by Government, which ulti islands, and set up coconut plantations them mately owns all the land. There are practically selves on virgin land there if they are not to no intermediate rent receiving classes. Because perish. We have, unfortunately, as yet no figure of this, Class I (Cultivators of land wholly or of the area under coconut in the Nicobar Islands. mainly owned) and Class IV (Non-cultivating owners Qf land; Agricultural rent receivers, etc.) In the Andaman Islands the area under are non-existent. But to fit the present set-up paddy in 1931 was 4,100 acres; and this has in here within the four classes, the procedure adopt creased to 5,600 acres by 1951-even though some ed was to classify all those who hold land direct 500 acres of good land have been temporarily ly under Government as Class I, those who culti thrown out of use due to damage to dykes, and vate land leased by another in Class II, and in inundation of sea water. These lands will again Class IV are included those who receive rent in sqon be reclaimed by rebuilding the sea walls cash or in kind for land leased to them but culti and repairing the old sluice gates. Even though vated by some other person. the area under cultivation has increased, and con a. Active a,nd sem'i-a,ctive workers in cultiva, tinue to increase slowly, the production of food tion- All self-supporting persons in the three ag is still quite inadequate to feed the population of ricultural classes (Classes I to III) are classified as the Andamaps; and more than half the food active workers. Self-supporters in non-agricul grains needed still continue to be imported from tural classes with cultivation as a secondary the mainland of India. l'D-eans of livelihood, as well as the earning But it is hoped to change all this within the dependants of the three agricultural classes are next decade, because under the Five-Year Coloni considered to be semi-active workers. Their zation scheme it is planned to bring an additional numbers given in Subsidiary Table IV (6) (at 20,000 acres under cultivation before the end of page xxiii) represent 7'8 per cent. of the total this decade. When this happens the Islands will population. The percentage of semi-active be self-sufficient at least in respect of rice, even
[xx] AClt1CULTURAL C1.ASSES though the population will have been doubled should be surplus not only in food but also in within this period. labour. It should then no longer be necessary to 6. Conclusion-When the present Five-Year import labourers at great expense on a year's Colonization scheme has been completed the contract to work ~n the forests and in the other Andamans will contain a more balanced popula departments of Government; and it should tion, the agricultural class ceasing to be only be possible to export rice to the mother some 24 per cent. of the general pbl>ulation, as at land in return for the food she has been present. (I am speaking only of the Andaman sending to these Islands ever since the establish Islands just now). By the time the second Five ment of the penal settlement nearly a hundred Year Plan has been implemented the Islands years ago.
SUBSIDIARY TABLES Series IV IV (1) Agricultural Classes per 1,000 persons of General Population; number in each class and sub-class of 10,000 persons of All Agricultural Classes; and comparison with agricultural holdings by size Number per 10,000 persons of All Agricultural Classes ..... AgricuI· Total I-Cultivators II-Cultiva- III-Cultivat· IV-Non· tural ,- -..... ofland wholly tors of land ing labourers cultIvating Classcs per Self- Non· Earning or mainly wholly or and their owners of 1,000 per- supportiug earning dependants owned and mainly Un- dependants land; Agri- sous of persous depeudants their depen- owned and cultural rent General dants their depen- receivers and Population dants their "depen- Natural Division and District dants
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) Bay Islands
Andaman & Nicobar Islands 142 3,122 6,395 483 9,220 374 297 109
DistributiOn ofl,OOO agricultural holdings by size of holding (in acres) ,-
Natural Division and District o to 1 1 to 2 2 to 3 3 to 4 4 to 5 5 to 6 6 to 7 7 to 8 8 to 9 Above 9
(1) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
Bay Islands
Andaman & Nicobar Islands 10 170 220 335 202 45 12 4 1 1
IV (2) Uvelihood Class I (Cultivators of land wholly or mainly owned and their dependants) Number per 10,000 per80ns of Livelihood Class I in each sub-class; Sec()ndary Means of Livelihood of 10,000 persons of Li'velihood Clas8 1
Number per 10,000 of Livelihood Number per 10,000 of Livellhood Class I whose Secondary Class I Means of Livelihood is ----. Cultivation of Cultivation of Employment as cult!. Self-sup- Non-earning Earning owned land unowned land vating labourers porting depen- depen- ,------'-----. ,------.- perSOnS dants dants Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning porting dijpen- porting depen- porting Natural DIVision and District depen- persons dants persons dants persons dallts (1) (2) (3) (ol) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Bay Islands
Andaman & Nicobar Islands 2,963 6,535 502 54 194 108
Number per 10,000 of Livelihood Class I whose Secondary Means of Livelihood Is Rent On Agrl ~------~ Production other Commerce Transport Other services and r--___cultural...A. ____land -.. than CUltivation miscellaneous sources r-----A_~ r----_.A....__ --, r-----"---~ ,------"-~ Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning porting depen- porting depen- portiug depen- porting depen- porting depen- persons dants Natural Division and District persons dants persons dants persons dants persons dants (1) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (HI) (17) (18) (19) (20) Bay [slands Andaman & Nicobar IslandS 2 118 219 17 10 263 [xxi] Aa:RIC:UL'I'URAL CLASSES Series IV-contd. IV (3) Livelihood Class II (Cultivators of land wholly or mainly unowned and their dependants)
Number per 10,000 persons of Livelihood Class II in each sub-class; Secondary .Means of Livelihood 0/ 10,(J00 persons of Livelihood Class II
Number per 10,000 of Livelihood Number per 10,000 of Livelihood Class II whose Secondary Means of Livelihood is Class II ~ ______..A.. ______"'" ~----_"___------.. Cultivation of Cultivation of Employment as culti- Self-sup Non-earnlug Earning owned land unowned land vating labourers porting depen depen ~---~----~ ~----~----l ~----~----~ persoIls dants dants Self-sup- Earning Self-snp- _ Earning Self-Sup- Earning porting depcn- porting dopen- portiug depen- Natural Division and District persons dants persons dants persons dants
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6; (7) (8) (9) (10)
Bay Islands Andanan & Nicobar Islands 4,121 0,515 364 61
Number per 10,000 of Livelihood Class II whose Secondary Means of Livelihood is A ______------______~
Rent on agrl Production other Commerce Transport Other services and cultural land than cultivation miscellaneous £ ources -, ~---_"__---, ,---~-----.. ,-----'----. r---A-l Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning Self-snp- Earning Self-sup- Earning Self-suI'- Earning porting depen- porting depen- porting depen- porting depcn- porting depen- Natural Division and District persous dants persons dants persons dants persons dants persons dants
(1) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20)
Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 61 424 364 242
IV (4) Livelihood Class III (Cultivating labourers and their dependants)
Number per 10,000 persons of Livelihood Class III in each sub-class,. Secondary "Weans of Livelihood 0/10,000 persons 0/ Livelihood Class III
Number per 10,000 of Livelihood Number per 10,000 of Livelihood Class III whose Secondary Class III Means of--A. Livelihood______is _. r------~------_. r------Cultivation of Cultivation of Employment as culti- Self-sup Non-earning Earning owned land nnowned land vating labourers porting depen depen r-----..A..-... --....---.. ,--_..A.._____ l persons dants dants Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning Self-8up Earning porting depen- porting depen- porting depen Natural Division and District persons dants persons dants persons dants
(1) (2) (3) (4) (6) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Bay Island. Andaman & Nicobar Islands 6,183 3,817
Number per 10,000 of Livelihood Class III whose Secondary Means of Livelihood is r------______- ____ "A... ______• ______~ Rent on agri- Production other Other services and cultural land than cultivation Commerce Transport miscellaneous sources r-__"'_-~ r ___-.A-----, , ___..A..----, r-...... J.-___ --. r---,.A..----~ Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning Self Sup- Earning porting depen- porting dcpen- porting depen- porting depen- porting depen- Natural Division and DistrJct persons dants persons dants persons dants persons dants l)ersons dants
(1) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20)
Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 458 305 76
[xxii] AGRICULTURAL CLASSES Series IV-contd. IV (5) Livelihood Class IV (Non-cultivating owners of land; Agricnltural rent receivers and their dependants) Number per 10,000 persons 0/ Livelihood Glass IV in each 8ub'clas8 ,. Secondary Means of Livelihood of 10,000 persons of Livelihood Glass IV Number per 10,000 of Livelihood Nllmber per lO,oeo of Livelihood Class IV whose Secondary Class IV Means of Livelihood Is ,------"- ----, Cultiva,tion of Cultivation of Employment as culti- Self-sup- Non-earning Earning owned land unowned land vating labourers porting depen- depen- ~ r---- persons dants dants Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning porting depen- porting depen- porting depen- Natural Division and District persons dants persons dants jiersons dants
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 4,792 4,583 625
Number pcr 10,000 of Livelihood Class IV whose Secondary Means of Livelihood is --A---______r------.. ------~ Rent on agri Production other Commerce TransIl°rt Other services and cultural land than cultivation miscellaneous sources .-- ~ ,---- Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning porting depen- porting depen- porting depen- porting depen- porting depen- Natural Division and District persons dants persous dauts persons dants persons dants persons dants
(1) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 417 209 209 1,250 417
IV (6) Active and Semi-active Workers in Cultivation Cultivation Cultivation of owned land -----" ..... 8econdary ---- Secondary means of means of II,elihood livelihood Principal of .elf- Secondary Principal of self- Secondary means of supporting means of means of supporting means of Total livelihood persons livelihood. Total livelihood persons liveilhoou of self- whose of of whose of supporting principal earning self- principal earulng persons means of dependants supporting means of dependants livelihood persons livelihood is other is other thau than Natural Division and District cultivation cultivation (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 2,422 l,354 905 163 2,063 1,205 826 32
Cultivation of unowned land Employment as cultivating labourers ...... --- --. Secondary Secondary means of means of livelihood livelihood Principal of self- Secondary Princlp,,1 of self- Secondary means of supporting means of means of supporting means of livelihood persons livelihood livelihood persons livelihood Total of self- whose of Total of self- whose oC supporting prinelp,,1 earning supporting principal earning persons means of dependants persons means of dependants livelihood livelihood is other is other than than Natural Dlvisiou and District cultivation cultivation
(1) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)
Bay Islands ADdaman & Nicobar Islands 222 68 71 83 137 81 8 48 [xxiii] AGRICULTURAL CLASSES Series IV-concld. IV (7) Progress of Cultivation during Three Decades
Average net sown Average area sown more Average net area lrrl- Average arca irrigated more (AI) in acres than once (A2) in acres gated (A3) in acres than once (A4) in acres ,-----__,.__~ ~~ ,---_ __...A. ___-, ,-----~,~-----, Natural DIvision and District 1951 1941 1931 1921 1951 1941 1931 1921 1951 1941 1931 1921 1951 1941 1931 1921 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)
Bay I.lands Andaman & Nicobar Islands . 3,810' 23'
·On the basis of records available for 4 crop years from 1947-48 to 1950-51. Previous records bave been destroyed by the Japanese during their occupation of these Islands. The area relates to paddy only as no records of other foodgrains are available. Columns 10 to 17 cannot be ftlled up as no Irrigation system exists in these Islands.
IV (8) Components of Cultivated Area per Capita during Three Decades
Unirrigated single-crop Unlrrigated double-crop Irrigated single-crop Irrigated double-crop cultivation per Capita cultivation per Capita cultivation per Capita cultivation per Capita (U.S.C.) (in cents) (D. D.C.) (in cents) (I.C.S.) (in cents) (I.D.C.) (in cents) ., r--- ,..---.....A.__ --, Natural Division and District 1951 1941 1931 1921 1951 1941 1931 1921 1951 1941 1931 1921 1951 1941 1931 192] (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) Bay I.lands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 12·2 0·08
IV (9) Land Area per Capita (1951); and Trend of ctdtivation per Capita during Three Decades Land Area per Capita (1951) Area of Cultivation per Capita (In cents) .....A. --, -, Total land Area cultivated area per Capita and cultivable 1951 1941 1931 1921 Natural DivIsion and District (In cents) per Capita (in cents)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (1.) (6) (7) [Jay Island.
Audamln & Nicobllr Islands 6,643,6 18'8 18'8 14
• Figures not available.
[xxiv] CHAPTER V
Non-Agricultural Classes Preliminat·!lI·cnutt·li.s-Although the tables Others prepare vegetable oils (mostly COCOIwt show that the non-agricultural classes comprise oil) and dairy products, followed by makers of a vast majority of the population, this is because aerated waters and other beverages for sale the people of the Nicobar Islands has (as has locally. repeatedly been pointed out before) been indud- 7. Processing amI 1}Wuujlwtw'e oj' metals and ed as non-agriculturists. If the figures for the chemicals -Heavy industries are completely Nicobars are omitted, we shall obtain a truer absent from these Islands. The few people shown picture. Even so, the proportion of non-agricul- in Subsidiary Table V(ll) (at page xxx) are turists to agriculturists is rather high. That is mostly workers in the Government dockyard, because until now the land under cuW.vation in engaged in repairing steel hulled boats and the Andamans is comparatively small; and a large launches. The figures also include a few in de- number of people work in the Government dock- pendent workers in metals like gold and silver, yard, in the Government sawmill, and for as well as tinsmiths, blacksmiths, etc. Government in forests extracting timber. 8. Processing aml manuj'(wture not .specified 2. Non-Agt'icultural popUlation ratios -A great elsew1tere -The vast majority of the few people difference will be noticed between agricultural shown in Subsidiary Table V(12) (at page xxx) and non-agricultural classes 'in the ratio of self- are workers in wood-sawyers, carpenters, supporters and non-earning dependants. This is turners, and joiners-as is to be expected in a explained by the fact that many children, and place like the Andamans where wood is found in almost all the women in the Nicobar Islands work abundance, and all buildings are of timber. equally with their fathers and their husbands in 9. ConstJ'uction ami utilities-Most of the the plantations. people shown in Subsidiary Table V(13) (at page 3. Eml}loyers, Employees and I1ulepf'ndenf xxx) are workers in public utilities-sweepers and lVm'ket·s -Out of every 10,000 self-supporters, scavengers employed by the Medical Department only 50 are employers, while 7,583 are employees of this Administration. Others are engaged on and 2,332 are independent workers. This is the construction and maintenance of roads, bridges explained by the fact that in the Andamans near- and buildings under the P. W. D., while yet ly all employment is controlled by the State; others are employed in the local power station and as yet there is little private enterprise. This run by Government. will gradually change with the development of 10. Commerce_There is very little commerce these Islands, and the establishment of small as such in these Islands: most of the people scale industries, as is contemplated at present. shown in Subsidiary Table V(14) (at page xxxi) The large percentage of employees-76'2 per cent. being petty businessmen engaged in retail trade. of the total number of self-supporters--include There being no banking or insurance facilities in the many people employed in the 'nrious Gov- the Andamans, practically no people are engaged ernment departments and Government industries in these businesses. such as the Labour Force, the Public Work~ 11. Concluding "cmur/~8-Because of the Department, the Forest Department, the sawmills deviations made in the classification of non-agri- and the Government dockyard. cultural groups and in industries and services The independent workers are men, earning from previous census, it is not possible to make their living as fishermen, petty shop-keepers, a comparative study of these groups. carpenters, and small craftsmen. All things considered, the enumerators have 4. Pl'imary imlusil'ies othel' tllwn euUi-cation, done a good job of work and have made a reason- m.ining and quat'rying -This class represents ably correct appraisal of the various categories. nearly half of all the industries in these Islands' Their work has been facilitated by the fact that and forestry and wood working occupies the first in this small community most people know each place. - other, and know what they are doing. 5. lUining (tufl qUl£l'rying -These industries The absence of major industries is very do not, for all practical purposes, as 'yet exist in marked, as is also the fact that Government is these Islands. the largest, and almost the only emolover. But 6. Processiny amt lWtlwj'lwture oj 100(lstll/18, 'Nithin the next decade the position should change textile, leathm'-These industries 8.re also con considerably; and a number of small industries spicuous .by theIr absence. A few people are should have developed. Moreover, the right to engaged 111 weaving and a few men as tailors. exploit nearly 700 sq. miles of forests in the [xxv] 17 Home/54 4 NON-AGRICULTURAL CLASSES North Andamans was in 1951 leased out for 25 nected with timber in Mayabander, and the years to a Company. This should lead in due employment of a large number of people by this course to the establishment of industrIes con- Company there. SUBSIDIARY TABLES SeTies V
V (1) Non-Agricultural Classes per 1,000 persons of General Population; number in each Class and Sub-Class per 10 000 persons of All Non-Agricultural Classes; and number of Employers, Employees and , Independent Workers per 10,000 Self-supporting persons of All Non-Agricultural Classes
~ ______Number per 10,000 persons~A-~_~ of All Non-Agricultural ______Cla.se" ~ Non-Agricullul'lIl Total Claeses per 1,000 r------~-·------~ V- VI- persons of SeJf- NOll- }Jarning l'roduclion Connncrce General 8upportiug earning dependants other than Natll1'al Division and District Population persons dependants cultivation (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 858 3,749 3,619 2.632 6.599 541
:>ulllber jJt'r 10,000 persolls of Number per 10,000 l'>elf-suPIlorting llersons of All NOh-Agricultural Cla"es All Non-Agricultural Cla~ses ,------"------., ,------_._----"------.. VII- VIIl-Other Tran'port services and Employers Employees Independent others miscellaneous Workers Natural Division and District sources (1) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Bay Islands
Andaman & Nicobar Islands 412 2,448 50 7.583 2.332 35
V (2) Livelihood Class V (Production other than cultivation)
Nnrnber pel' 10,fj()0 persons oj Livelihood Class V in each 8n&-Cla88; Nn1nber per 10,000 Selj-8upporting persons of Livelihood Cla8.~ V who are Employers, Employees ana, Independent Workers; Secondary Means oj Livelihood of 10,000 persons of Livelilwo(l Class V
NUmb,'r per 10,000 of Livelihood Cla"s V Number por 10,000 Self-supporting perSOllS of Livelihood Class V ,...------A-_____--:"i r------~------~ Self- N Oll~ Earning ~upporting earning tlej)elluuut::; Employers Employees Indepenrlent Natural Division and District persons dependants Workers
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Bay Islands Andaman & NicoLar Islands 2,976 3,117 3,907 12 7,331 2,657
Number per 10,000 ofLivelibood Class V wbose Secondary Means of Lh·elihood is r------~~ ___ ~ ___ ~_~ ______A_~~_~ ____~_~ ______~ Cultivation Dfowned Cllliivation of unowned EmploYlllent as cultivating Rent on agricultural land land labourers land ,----_--"--___., ,..--___....A-_ ____ --""\ r------'----., ~ ___J.-_ __~ Self- Self- Self- Self- supporting J£arlling ~uppoI't:ing Earning supporting Earning supporting Earning Natll1'al Division and District .lJcnmns dependants persons dependants persons dependants per80ns dependants
(1) (8) (U) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) B Number per 10,000 of Livelihood Class V whose Secondary ~I.ralls of Hvelihood io r-----~---.----______..A.______~ l'roduction other than Commerce Transport Other services and rnh5- cultivation cellaneous sources ,--_____....A.. ___~ ~-----....A..-----l~----A----l r-----A-----~ Sclf- belf- Self- Self- :supporting Earning ~upporting l~arnillg supporting Earning supporting Earning Natural Division and j_)istriet persons devendants persons dependants persons dependants persons dependants (1) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) lJay I slanas Andamann & Nicobar Islands 11 3,868 13 12 6 . 23 19 [xxvi] NON-AGRICULTURAL CLASSES Series V -contd. V (3) Livelihood Class VI (Commerce) NIl1/!ber per 10,000 persons of Livelihood Class VI in mch Sub·Olass ; nll1nber per 10,000 Self-supporting persons of Livelihood Class VI !I.'ho are Employers, Employees and Independent Workers; Secondary Means of Livelihood of 10,000 persons of Livelihood Class VI Number per 10,000 Self·supporting persons of r---Number______per 10,000 of-A-.- Livelihood______Class VI --, Livelihood Class VI r------..".___ ---, Self· supporting N Olleearning I~arning Employers Employees Independent dependants Workers Natural Division and District persons depeudants (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (1) Bay Islands 4,934 544 4,621 4.835 Andaman & Nicobar Islands 4,871 195 r------"------,::>nmbor per 10,000 of Livelihood Class VI whose Seconnary Means of Livelihood is Cultivation of owned Cultivation of unowned Employment as cultiva· Rent on agricultural land land ting labourers land r------....A..------., t------"-----~ ,.--___..A.. ____--, ,-----_-'--___--, Self· Self· Self· Self· supporting Earning supporting Earniug supporting Earning supporting Earning Natural Division and District persons dependants persons dependauts persons llependants persons dppendants (1) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 104 7 42 42 ,----______Number per 10,000 of Livelihood Class VIA.... whose______Secondary lIIeans of J-ivelihood is ---... Product ion other than COmmerce Transport Other services and mis· cultivation cellaneous sources ,--____A __ A __...... ,----A-____--, r------A-----~ ,-----_...... ___-----, Self· Self· Self· Self· supporting :Earning supporting Earning supporting Earning supporting Earning :;' atural Division and District persons neppnnants persons dependants per:"lons nependauts persons dependants (1) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 480 14 202 104 14 7 77 62 V (4) Livelihood Class VII (Transport) Number per 10,000 persons of Livelihood Class VII in each Sub·Class ; N1tmber per 10,000 Self·supporting persons of Livelihood Class VII who (Ire E>npluyers, Empluyees (mil Ind~pen'lent Wurker,~; SeconrZrtry Means of Livelihood of 10,OOO persons of Livelihood Class VII Numher per 10,000 of Livelihoolj Number per 10,000 Self·supporting persons of Livelihoo(1 Class YII Class VII ,------~------~ ,..------___...._------, Self· ~atural Division and District suppOrillg Non~earIliIlg Earning lllllployers Employees Independent persons dependantf:! dependants Workers (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Bay Islands Andaman & Nieobar Islands 4,840 5,014 146 38 9.698 264 Number per 10,000 of Livelihood Class VII whose Secondary :l10'1n8 of I,ivrlihoollis ,.------~-----,....._------Cultivation of owned Cultivation of unowned Employment as cultivating Rent on agricultnral land land labourers land ,--.----"------, ...------"----...... r----..A..._-----, r----__.Jo-_~ Self· Self· Self· Self· supporting Earning supporting Earning !upporting Earning supporting Earning Natural Division and District persons dependants persons dependants persons dependants persons dependants (1) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 119 18 183 9 9 37 9 Number per 10,000 of Livelihood Class VII whose Secondary Means of Livelihoo(l is r-----.------.A...... ------______1 Production other than Commerce Transport Other services and mis· cultivation cenaneous sources ,------__.j..._----, r------"------, r----~---, Self· Self· Self· Self· supporting Earning supporting Earning supporting Earning snpporting E::lrning Natural Division and District persons dependants persons dcpcndants persons dependants porsons dependants (1) (16) (17) (18\ (19) (20) (21) (~2) (2:3) Bay ["'and,, Andaman & Nicobar Islands 146 46 27 18 9 lS 73 [xxvii] 4A NON-AGRICULTURAL CLASSES /ieries V -contd. V (5) Livelihood Class VIII (Other services and miscellaneous sources) Nlunuer pCI' 10,000 peJ'8ons of Livelihood Class r 111 in each o'l~b-('la.;·"·; rUt/nuer per 10,000 Self-supporting pcrsml.8 of Liveli}'oud Clas8 VIll 'who are Employers, Hml'loyees and ];uZepel1deni Wurkers; 8econdary .Me1Ul8 ~f Livelihood of .10,000 persons of Livelihood Claso' ViII Numbf'r pn 10,000 Self-eupporting l,en .. ns uf Number per 10,000 of Livelihoud Class VIJl IJwlilJOod CIas, Y111 r---- _____...A- ___~ ______~ r------____.A.. ______, Sf'lf- NOll- Eal'ning Indf'pt'lldt'll.t ~upl'ol'ting earning tlt'pt'Hliants EmIJ1oy('n~ }:UI]J]OY,H':-. " (lr}\lTl-, (J11lt'TS Natural DI \·Lc,ioJl and Histrid IJt'r::;OIl:'i df'IWIldHIlt.S (1) (2) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) Bay I.,land. Andaman & Nicobar Islands 5,401 4,449 150 12 8,226 1,663 99 Number vcr 10,000 of IAveliltoud Class VIII whose S"condary )l[call8 of Liwlihood is r--.------.-----__:..------..____.-'~----~------...... -----, Cultivation of Cultivation of Empl{):yw('ut a~ Rent Oll agril'uHural owned land unowned land cultivating laoolll'e!'::; laud r-----~ __A._~ ______. r------"------"""" ,.--___-...A. ____--... ,----_..,,_-----l "df- Earning 8rlf- Earning Self- };arning ::ielf- Earning ,supporting dependants supporting uq)('lHiU11tS supporting depf>l1dauts !'UFForting aep<'ll(luHts Natural DiviSlon and ni~trkt jll'l'''t)ll:-. T)I'I',..,Oll)) 1't I'SOll,s ]H'fSOllS (1) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) Bay Island. Andaman & Nicobar Islands 212 9 37 3 2 74 Number]>n lU,()UO of Livelihood Clas, Vln who,r S('('ondarr :!Ileam of Liwlillood b r------~------.------;...------____, Produetion other 1,h(\,n Othrr services and (:ultivatioll Commerce Tl'an8pOl't mi,5;Cellancous sOUrCes ,--_--.__ __,Jo.... _ ___, _____ ""'"') ,-_____...A.. ____~ f-~---'----...---, r-___...._~...... , ...... -, Sdf- Ea.rning Self- :Earnillg Self· Ea.rning ~df· Earning ~npporting (Ii'P('lHl (1) (J il (1~) (1\)) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) Bay Islancl. Andaman & Nicobar Islands 52 22 -34 23 2 3 22 83 V (7) Territorial distriblltion of 10,000 Self-supporting persons of All Industries and Services in the State (by Divisions) 2-Prucessillg and 3-Prorpesing and i)-Primary Mallufacturf' : Food- !lIanufnrture : All Indmtries Industrirf' I-Mining and 8tufii-., Textilrs, 3ktalB, Gllf'mi('als and l:'f'l'viC'cs not Pl:~;{'whf'l'{, Qtulrrying Lpathl'T and and Products Natural Division and IH>trict ('['otal) "perified Prod lIet, t·lJcT('of tlll'reof (1) (2) (~) (4) (5) (6) Bay hlandg Andaman & Nicobar Islands 9,922 4,315 130 490 4-Processing and 7-Transport, 8-Health, EduCll- O-Sf'rvicps not :llunuf"eture : 5-COllStructioll 6-C011l111CrrC storage and tion a.nd Pu blic eh;ewherl! ~ot elBewhf're and Utilitie, Communi<:ation~ Admini~trat ion speeitled Natural Divif'ion unci Dist.ript spe('ifit'd (1) (i) (8) (!J) (10) (11) (l~) Bay Islrmrl8 Alldaman & Nicob3r Islands 324 221 704 609 1,227 1,980 NOTE-'/'(lU/r V(6)-('UiIl!Jlll'i,,;vlI /)fllte ('la.'iwifu.-.(ft'ion IIfflip Pnpulation by Liv('lilwod ('/n,,'.'1 at fhe ]f):"ii II'Hrl 1.981 (len.'\lM~('8, lIot 7f']JT()(hu'pil. [xxviii] NON-AGRICULTURAL CLASSES Series V -contd. V (8) Territorial distribution of 10,000 Self-supporting persons in the State, engaged in Primary Industries not elsewhere specified (by Sub-Divisions) O.4-Forrstrl' O.5-Hunting Division-O O.I-St,ork O.2-]{earing of O.~-Plantlttion and coll('C'tioil (including (1'0Ial) rai8ing ,mall aninwls In (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) Bay lxlands Alldaman & Nicotar Islands 4,281 138 3,109 6,674 23 51 V (9) Territorial distribution of 10,000 Self-supporting persons in the State, engaged in Mining and Quarrying (by Sub-Divisions) 1.0-Non· metallic J.3-Mrtnl Division-l Inining and I.I-Conl 1.2-Il'on lllinill~ 1.4-Crudo 1.5-8tono. 1.7-Salt, (Total) quarrying mining orp exr'cpt Petroleum quarrying, 1.6-Mirn saltpetre not other· mining iro1l orr "nd day and and saline wise classi~ lllining Natural sand pits substances Natural Division aud District fled Gas (J) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) Bay I'landR Andaman & Nicobar Islands V (10) Territorial distribution of 10,000 Self-supporting persons in the State, engaged in Processing and Manufacture Food-stuffs, Textiles, Leather and Products thereof (by Sub-Divisions) 2.0-Food Divisioll-2 Industries 2.1-Grains 2.2-Vegetahle oil 2.H-Sugar ('1'01111) otherwise and pul~f'~ aud dairy produets Industries Natural Division and Ili.trir-t \lIwlassltlrd (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 129 310 930 1,240 2.7-Wearing apparel (except 2.8-Textile 2.0-Leather, 2.4--Bevf'I'agt's 2.::'-Tobarco 2.6-Cotlon footwear) Industries leather Textiles and made· up ot.henvise products and textile unclassified footwear Natural PiviRion and District goods (1) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Bay hlands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 698 775 5,194 465 388 [xxix] NON-AGRICULTURAL CLASSES Series V -oontd. V (11) Territorial distribution of 10,000 Self-supporting persons in the State, engaged in Processing and Manufacture Metals, Chemicals and Products thereof (by Sub-Divisions) 3.0-Manufadure of metal S.l-Iron and 3.2-Ncn·]'eIroUS 3.3-Transport Division-3 products Steel (Basic )fetals (Basic Equiplllent (Total) otherwise !I[nuufarture) Manufacture) Natural Dhlsion Ilnd District unclassified (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Buy hland. Andallllln & Nicobar Islands 486 1,296 41 7,017 3.4-Electrical 3.5-lIiachinery 3.C-Basic 3.8-ManufactUl'e machinery, (other Ulan lndustrial 3.7-Medical and of chemical apparatus, elf>f'trital marhi~ ( lWllli('al~, Pharmaceutical products appliauces nery) including :Fertilisers Prejlaratlom othenvise and supplies }~llginerrillg and Power unclassified Natural Division and District Workshops Alcohol (1) (7) (8) (U) (10) (11) Bay I'lands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 1,646 V (12) Territorial distribution of 10,000 Self-supporting persons in the State, engaged in Processing and Manufacture Not elsewhere specified (by Sub-Divisions) 4.0-Manufacturing 4.2-Bricks, 4.3-Cement, llivision-4 lndustries 4.1-Products of tiles and other Cement pipes (1'otal) otherwise petroleulll and coal structural clay and other Natural Division and Distrirt unclassified products cement products (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicoba~ Islands 321 436 4·6-Wood - and wood 4.4-Non·metallic 4.5-Rubber products 4·7-Furniture 4.8-Paper and 4.9--Printing and mineral products Products other than and Fixtures Paper Products Allied Industries furniture NatUl'al Division and District and fixtUl'es (1) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Bay Island, Andaruan & Nicobar Islands 9,377 18. V (13) Territorial distribution of 10,000 Self-supporting persons in the State, engaged in Construction and Utilities (by Sub-Divisions) 5.2-Con- 5.3-Con- 5.4-Con- 5.6-Works 5·0-.Con- f:>truction structioll .truction 5·5-Works and 5.7-Sani- struction 5.1-Con- and main- and main- and main- and Services- tary J)jvision-5 and main- .trnction tenance- trnance- tcnance Services- Domestic Works (1'olal) tenance and Inain- !loads, Telegraph operations- Electric and and of works- tena.Ill't'- Bridges and Irrigation Power Industrial Services- otherwise Buildings and other Telephone and other and Gas water Including unclassified Transport Lines agricultural supply snpply scavengers Natural DiviHion nnll Di"trict works works (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) Bay Islands Andaman &; llicobar Islands 219 137 1,324 1,552 183 1,370 5,434 [XXX] NON-AGRICULTURAL CLASSES Series V -contd. V (14) Territorial distribution of 10,000 Self-supporting persons in the State, engaged in Con,merce (by Sub-Divisions) (j.l-Retail trade (j.O-Retail trade in foodstuffs 6.:2-Retail trade 6.3-Itetail trade Division--6 otherwise (including ill fuel (iu('}udihg in textile and (Total) unclassified beverages and vetrul) leather goods N atuTal Division and District narcotics) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 699 5,279 3,476 72 558 6.5-Wholesale 6.4-Wholesale trade in 6'8-1ioneylen (1) (7) (8) (U) (10) (11) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 14 200 344 57 V (15) Territorial distributiou of 10,000 Self·supporting persons iu the State, engaged in Transport, Storage and Communications (by Sub-Divisions) 7.0-Transport and communications Division-7 otherwise 7. I-Transport 7'2-Transport 7.3-Transport (Total) unclassified by road hy water lJy Air and incidental Natural Division and District services (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 604 1,606 6.457 696 7.4-Railway 7.5-Storage and 7.6,-Postal 7.7-Telegraph 7.S-Telephone 7·9-W irelc.s Natural Division and District Tmns port \\" arehousing Services Services Serviees Services (1) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 215 99 927 V (16) Territorial distribution of 10,000 Self-supporting persons in the State, engaged in Health, Education and Public Administration (by Sub-Divisions) 8.3,S.8 8.6- andS·9- Employees Employees of Muni- S. 7-]]mployecs of the Union cipalities of State Government 8.5-Village and Local Governments (but not 8·1-l\'Iedical 8·2-Educll- 8.4-Police officers and Boards (but (but not including Division-8 and other tional (other than servants not including including persons (2'otal) Health Services and village including persons persons classifiable ~en'ices Research watchmen) village classifiable classifiable under any other watchmen under auy under any other division or other division or sub·division) ; division or sub· division) and Employees sub-division) of Non-Indian Natural Division and District Governments (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (S) (9) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 1.218 1.084 509 3.588 378 4,433 8 [xxxi] NON-AGRICULTURAL CLASSES Series V -concld. V (17) Territorial distribution of 10,000 Self-supporting persons in the State, engaged in Services not elsewhere specified (by Sub-Divisions) D.l-Domestic services (but not including Division-9 !l.O-Services services rendered 9.2-Barbers aIHI U.3-Laundries and (1'otal) otherwise by members Beauty Shops Laundry services unclassified of family households to Natural Division and District one another) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Ball Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 1,965 8,692 738 132 173 1).4-Hoiels, 9.B-Religions, restaurants 9.5-Recreation 9.6-Legal find g, 7-Arts, letters Charitable and eating 8ervicet5 business services and journalism and Welfare .Natural Division and District houses Services (1) (7) (8) (0) (10) (11) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 15 66 72 112 [xxxii] CHAPTER VI Families, Sexes and Principal Age Groups 1. P1'eliminU'J'Y Temu'J'ks- In this chapter will come. Even to~day large numbers of labourers be found information about houses and house- are brought to work in the Andamans on contract holds, sex, civic conditions, and age groups. Com- for a year; and almost without exception these pari sons with previous Census figures have been people do not bring their families to the Anda- made wherever possible. But unfortunately mans. But with the implementation of the plan this has been found to be impossible in many to colonize the Middle and the North Andamans, cases because of the lack of data. In discussing conditions will change; and in course of time the civic conditions and the size of households, figures number of women will equal the men. If I obtained for the sample population were taken. might venture on a forecast, by 1961 the number 2. 1'erritOl'iul distribution of houses and house- of females per thousand males should be of the holds- The decrease in the number of households order of 800 because the number of men and in the decade 1941-50 is explained by the fact women are more or less equal amongst the people that the Japanese Forces destroyed many houses who are coming to settle permanently in these for military reasons during the three and a half Islands as the colonists generally bring their year~ they occupied the islands. The delay in families with them. makmg good the damage is due to the fact that 5. Marit(tl Status mtios-Subsidiary Table building materials were not available in adequate VI(7) (at page xxxvi) shows the marital status quantities in the years immediately following the of the sexes for 1951, and for previous censuses. war. No figures for 1941 are available; but for 1931 The shortage of houses is less felt in the rural and 1921 the tables have been completed for the area, where mud and thatch buildings, are easily general population from the records available for erected. In urban areas houses are more per- those decades. manent, and therefore more difficult to build. In 1921 the percentage of unmarried persons The figures indicate this: an average of 1·2 house- was less than that of married persons, whereas hold per house in the rural area and 1·9 for the the reverse is the case in 1951. But in 1921 there urban. were only 303 females per thousand males. This 8. Size and composition of households_Sub_ apparent discrepancy is explained by the fact sidiary Table VI(2) (at page xxxiv) shows the that the persons enumerated in 1921 in the Anda- distribution according to the size of household mans were mostly convicts, who had perforce left population taken from the sample of households. their families behind on the mainland. It is note- The number of persons per household in rural worthy that child marriages are absent in these areas is more than double the figure for urban Islands: no male in the group 0-14 is married, areas. This can be explained by the way of living and only 0·02 per cent. of the females in this o.f th~ Nico?arese, where a large number of people group. The majority of the married people are lIve In theIr beehive type communal huts. in the· productive age group of 15-34, followed 4. Sex Ratios_ The number of females per by the people in the age group 35-54. In fact, the t~ousand males in these Islands during the pre- people in these two age groups comprise almost VlOUS decades is shown in the table below: the entire married population. 1921 303 6. Age groups-The table below will show at 1931 495 a glance the number of persons per 10,000 in each 1941 574 age group: 1951 625 Per 10,000 In the early settlement days (1891) the number 0- 1 366 was only 167. 1- 4 1,076 This preponderance of males is explained by 5-14 2,009 the artificial conditions prevailing in a convict 15-24 2,269 settlement. Modification of penal conditions in 25-34 1,923 1926, when convicts were for the first time allow 35-44 1,281 ed to bring their families from the mainland, 45~54 656 brought about a sudden rise in the ratio of women 55~64 260 t? men; and this ratio has continued increasing 65-74 109 smce then. But as conditions in the Andaman 75 and over 51 Islands still continue to be unnatural the ratio These age groups have been worked out from the is not likely to reach parity for so~e time to sample population. As the 1941 figures are not [xxxiii] 17 Home/54 FAMILIES, SEXES AND PRINCIPAL AGE GROUPS available, and as the age grouping adapted in severe economic, social and psychological disturb 'previous censuses was different, a comparative ances ; and the effects of these have not yet worn discussion is not possible. off nearly eight years later. Nearly 90 per cent. of the total population is The partition of India in 1947 brought in its below 44, which shows a young and vigorous train the problem of its refugees; and the Anda community. This is as it ought to be in an area mans has offered a home and a new start in life earmarked for intensive development within the to a number of these unfortunate people-a num next decade or two. ber that is a mere drop in the ocean compared to the total number of refugees that have streamed 7. Conclusion- The decade under review was into India during the last six years, but a num of great significance for these Islands: it marked ber that already exceeds 10 per cent. of the popul the end of one epoch and the beginning of another, tion of the Andaman Islands. Even so, the because with the abolition of the penal settlement Andaman Islands with a density of popula in 1945 the very basis of the existence of the tion of less than 8 to the square mile, are people of the Andamans has changed. definitely under-populated; and offer scope for The occupation of the Andaman and Nicobar further development, and resettlement of more Islands by the imperial Japanese Forces from people from the mother country. Until this is March 1942 t'O October 1945 has also had a very done the Islands will not be self-sufficient either noticeable effect. The Islands were subjected to in the matter of food or in the matter of labour. SUBSIDIARY TABLES Series-VI VI (1) Persons per 1,000 houses and houses per 100 square miles and comparison with past censuses General Population Rural Population Urban Population r-----A----, r----.A..-"----, r-----"-______Houses per 100 Persons per 1,000 houses Persons per 1,000 houses Persons per 1,000 houses square miles ~~~ , ___A- __-, ~-A-___~ r--- ~ Natural Division and District 1951 1941 1931 1921 1951 1941 1931 1921 1951 1941 1931 1921 1951 1941 1931 1921 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) Bay IBlands Andaman &: Nicobar Islands 5,844 5,666 5,200 5,000 6,736 ., 4,236 .. 165 180 180 110 VI (2) Number of households per 1,000 houses and distribution by size of 1,000 Sample Households of Rural and Urban Population ----ARural .______-----, Household Population Small 3 members or less Mcdium 4-6 members ~ ___..A..-. __~ Households -, r-----'----, per 1,000 Persons Males Pemales Number Persons N umber Persons Natural Division and District houses (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) ( 9) Bay IBlands Andaman &: Nicobar IslandS 1,193 4.380 2,446 1,934 540 818 270 1,365 Rural ~ ______UrbanA ______---' ______A-- ~ Very large 10 members Large 7-9 members or lIlore Households Household Population r----- .-___A-- ___-, per 1,000' ---. Natural Division and District Number Persons Number Person., houses Persons Males }'ema)e.s (1) (10) (U) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) Bay Islands Andaman &: Nicobar Islands 117 985 73 1,212 1,888 2,430 1,541 889 Urban r--.----- ~------~ Very large 10 Inembers Small 3 members or less Medium 4-6 members Large 7-9 members or more -, ,..------A----, .----'\..-----, ,.-----'------, Natural DivifJion and District Number Persons Number Persons Number Persons Number Persons (1) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) Bay Islands AndanJan &: Nicobar Islands 763 1,104 193 970 37 282 7 74 [xxxiv] FAMILIES, SEXES AND PRINCIPAL AGE GROUPS Series VI-contd. VI (3) Family Composition of 1,000 households of the General Population Heads of households Other male Other female Sample Household Population and their wives Sons of Daughters relations to relations to .----'-----. ..-~ heads of of heads of heads of heads of Natural Division and Distr:ct Persons Males Females Males Females households households households households (1) (£) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 3,412 1,997 1,415 956 485 555 485 386 368 VI (4) Females per 1,000 males (General, Rural and Urban Population); and comparison with previous censuses General Population Rural Population Urban Population r------~-----_. ,------'------, Natural Division and District 1951 1941 1931 1921 1951 1941 1931 1921 1951 1941 1931 1921 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 625 574 495 303 662 530 VI (5) Females per 1,000 males in Agricultural Classes and Sub-Classes I-Cultivators of land wholly or All Agricultural Classes mainly owned and their dependants ..------~------. ,------"------, Self-supporting Non-earning Earning Self·supporting Natural Division and District Total persons dependants dependants Total persous (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 856 125 1,939 104 868 III >I-Cultivators of land wholly or II-Cultivators ofland wholly or mainly unowned mainly owned and their dependants and their dependants ,-----""----_.. _\ ,-- .A- ...... Non·earning Earning Self·supporting Non·earning Earning Natural Division and District dependants dependants Total persons dependants dependants (1) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Bay Islllnd, Andaman & Nicobar Islands 1,934 97 755 172 1,844 500 III-Cultivating labomers IV-Non-cultivating owners of land; Agricnltural and their dependants rent receivers and their dependants r- -. Self- Non· Self· Non- Total supporting earning Earning Total supporting earning Earning Natural Division and District persons dependants dependants persons dependants dependants (1) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) Bay Islands Andamao & Nicobar Islands 541 141 2,571 1,286 1,300 1,750 [XXXV] 5A FAMILIES. SEXES AND PRINCIPAL AGE GROUPS Series VI-contd. VI (6) Females per 1,000 males in Non-Agricultural Classes and Sub-Classes , N on-Agricultural Classes V-Frodnction other than cultivation r------~-----~ .---~ Self-supporting Non-earning Earning Self-supporting Natural Division and District Total persons dependants dependants Total persons (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobal Islands 593 46 1,333 1,299 648 28 ,---V-Pmll"~tiol1____--J..- oth~r than______eu\t\""tlol1-, VI-Commerce r------'--- Non.earning Earning Self-supporting Non-earning Earning Natural Division and District dependants dependants Total persons dependants dependants (1) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Bay Islands AndamaD & Nicobar Islands 1,097 1,315 537 75 1,706 273 ,-______VIl-Transport-A-- ______-, ,--VIII-Other services and miscellaneous sources Self- Non- Self Non- Total supporting earning Earning Total supporting earning Earning Natural DiviSion and District persons dependants dependants persons dependants dependallts (1) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 483 1,726 1,286 488 76 1,747 865 VI (7) Marital Status of 1,000 persons of each sex of General Population and comparison with previous. censuses Males ,-- -, Unmarried lIiarried Widowed ,-__------______.A-_ __ -, ,-- .., ,-- -, Natural Division and District 1951 1941 1931 1921 1951 1941 1931 1921 1951 1941 1931 1921 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Bay blands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 564 448 365 3g6 481 549 40 71 86 Females __,____ -, Unmarried Married Widowed ,------"------, A--__-, ,------J--_----, Natural Division and District 1951 1941 1931 1921 1951 1941 1931 1921 1951 1941 1931 1921 (1) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 512 439 4()5 394 49() 462 94 71 133 VI (8) Age distribution of 1,000 married persons of each sex (and comparison with 1941 census) ,-- Males-"--- ______-, ,--____---A.--- .Females __---, 0-14 15-34 35-54 55 and over O-H 15-34 35-54 55 and oVer ,--.A____, ,--J.-_-, ,---"---, ,-----A---,,..----A--.., ,---A---, ,---A----, ~ Natural Division and District 1951 1941 1951 1941 1951 1941 1951 1941 1951 1941 1951 1941 1951 1941 1951 1941 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (\'0) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (H) (15) . (lil) (17) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 481 455 64 2 678 290 30 [:xxxvi] FAMILIES, SEXES AND PRINCIPAL AGE GROUPS Series VI-contd. VI (9) Infants per 10,000 persons Infants per 10,000 persons of General Population Rural Urban Agricultural Non-Agricultural 1951 1941 Population Population Classes Classes ,....-----A.__ ~ ,----A.---"') ~ ~ .------"-----, ,-----'------, Natural Division and District Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (Il) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 366 147 219 141 211 164 240 171 256 144 214 VI (10) Young Children (aged 1-4) per 10,000 persons Young children per 10,000 persons of General Population Rural Urban Agricultural Non-Agricultural 1951 1941 Population Population Classes Classes r------"------. r-_..A._~ ~ ~ ~ r--~ Natural Division and District Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (\I) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 1,076 636 440 567 417 821 505 513 570 652 501 VI (11) Boys and Girls (aged 5-14) per 10,000 persons Boys and girls per 10,000 persons of General Population r------~,------~ Rural Urban Agricultural Non-Agricultural 1951 1941 population Population Classes Classes r-----...... ___~ r--..A.._1 .---'--, ,---"----, ,...-----'-----, ,---A----, Natural Division and District Persons Males }'emales Persons Males Females lIfales Females Males Females Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 2,009 1,059 950 1,166 1,040 770 707 1,396 1,368 1,013 893 VI (12) Young men and 'women (aged 15-34) per 10,000 persons Young men and women per 10,000 persons of ~,------~------General Population --, Rural Urban Agricnltnral Non-Agricultural 1951 1941 population Population Classes Classes ,------"--~ ,-...... A--., ~, ,---"----, .----"----.. ,..--.....A--"--'lo Natural Division and District Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Bay Islands Andamsn & Nicobar Islands 4,192 2,805 1,387 2,646 1,447 3,220 1,225 1,766 1,453 2,946 1,378 [xxxvii] FAMILIES, SEXES AND PRINCIPAL AGE GROUPS Series VI-coneld. VI (13) Middle aged persons (aged 35-54) per 10,000 persons Middle aged persons per 10,000 persons of r------~ ------General Population ,------>----, Rural Urban Agricultural Non-Agricultural 1951 1941 Popnlation Population Classes Classes ,--___-A- ____--. r-__.r.._--, r-----A.~ ,-----'------, ...---"-----, ,------'---, Natural Division and District Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Bay Island. Andaman & Nicobllr Islands 1,937 1,373 564 1.279 646 1.629 341 997 798 1.425 532 VI (14) Elderly persons (aged 55 and over) per 10,000 persons Elderly persons per 10,000 persons of General Population r-----~-----, Rural Urban Agricultural Non-Agricultural 1951 1941 Population Population Classes Classes ,-_A_. ,-~ ,-~ .-~ .-~ Natural Division and District Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Male, Females Males Females Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13 ) Bay Islands Andaman & Nicobar Islands 420 266 154 295 145 IS9 177 427 285 245 136 [xxxviii] CHAPTER VII Question No. 13 The Government of India left one question in ,.______Livelihood-.A. Class Nos. the Census questionnaire to the discretion of the ...... , I II III IV V VI VII VIn State Government, this question to relate to some r--"--y- ., problem or event of local importance. 'f> 'f> 'f> '" 'f> 'f> 'f> The outsta.nding event in the Andaman Islands <;i" <;i" [xxxix] 17 HOME/54 ANDAMAN I$LANDS o SeAl. E 1~ INC,.. 15" 78 MILES I'(QRTH ANPAMAN 5 D (.J rtf ANDAMAN a bANC!AI'I 11h------~~------~------t1 L Irrt.£ AN IJAM .... N PI't'NT~O AT THe Su"'Vl:Y 01" 'NOlA O".,.,ell".s{P.~ Reprodvced from original supplied by the Chief COmmissioner and ex-officio Superintendent of Census Operations, Anda.man and Nicobar l'Sl ands. and the Survey of India is n ot responsible for the accuracy of detail, names etc. appearlnl on the map. APPENDIX A The Andaman and Nicobar Islands By SHRI S. K. GUPTA, LA.S., Deputy Commissioner and Superintendent of Census Operations I. Introduction The organisation is alsD grateful to all the employers, Unfortunately I have to leave these islands before both State and private, for the facilities they gave to the Tabulation of figures collected during the current their staff engaged in the operations. census operations. I feel, however, that I should write I am grateful to Shri P. Sundaramurthi, Deputy up the report on the basis of provisional fivures as it Superintendent for his assistance .in organising the woul.d be difficult for my successor to adequ;tely ~ollate operations at all stages. The clerk Shri V. Gurumurthi and mterpret data gathered by me, in course of my tours has all through taken a very intelligent interest in the spread over a period of three years, by a mere reference work and was of great help to me. to nO.tes that I may leave. The element of personal II. Organisation and Finances equatlOn can hardly be ignored. In this report I propose shifting the en1Dhasis from 1. For the purposes of this census, these islands have historical 1'md anthropological researches -to current been divided into the following six tracts, each under a problems with a view to facilitate formulation of future Charge Officer, the first two constituting one charge :- policies. I1istory is important only in so far as it assists 1. Aberdeen Tahsil. Urban area. in explaining the present and foreseeing the future. 2. Aberdeen Tahsil. . Rural area. In studying the aborigines of these islands I have re 3. Wimberleygunj Tahsil. frained from following the time honoured procedure of 4. Wimberleygunj Forest Division. using our own concepts and ideas as yardsticks for 5. Middle Andaman Forest Division. judging theirs and have attempted a sympathetic under 6. Nicobars. standing of their points of view also. I only hope Dll In thickly populated areas, each enutperator had on future developmental schemes will be drawn up against an average 50 houses in his block, whereas, in villages, this background and thus be correlated to the life cur the number was much less. The entire organisatiorpl rent of the people. Otherwise they tend to be exotic set-up has been published in the little booklet of instrt~c and eventually infructu.ous. tions to Enumerators. Lack of water transport has been the main handicap 2. I formally took over as Superintendent of Census during the present operations. In 1921 Mr. Lowis avail Operations in April, 1950. But house-numbering and ed of the RI.M.S. Minto and in 1931 Mr. Bonnington preparation of house-lists had started much earlier. used the station ship. In 1951 no special craft could be 3. Below are the budget provisions for 1950-51 and obtained for the purpose and I used naval vessels as 1951-52 :- 1951-52 and wlien l1vailable for organising the operations and 1950-51 training of Enumerators in the Nicobars group. A. SUPERINTENDENCE Rs. A. P. Rs. A. P. A.1-Pay of Officers _. 2,200 0 0 1,200 0 0 Actual enumeration in this ~rouo of islands splasb eBay of Bengal in the form, more or less, from Landfall to McPherson Strait was done on a purely of a semi-circle tapering off on the north at a point voluntary basis by both official and non-official agencies. about 120 miles from Cape Negrais in Burma and on the My thanks are due to all those numerous workers whose south about 91 miles from Pulo Brasse off Achin Head whole-hearted and sincere assistance has brou,ght the in Sumatra. Their strategic importance, therefore, to operations to a successful conclusion, meticulously the Union of India, cannot be over-estimated. It is according to plan. significant that the Japanese occupied them in the very The writing up of the National Register of Citizens early stages of the last Great World' War. has gone on pari passu enumeration, thanks to the will Geologically they certainly have been flung off the ing co-operation of the Enumerators. main land mass of the Asian Continent in course of a [XLi] 17 HOME/54 6 APPENDIX A big cataclysm-a Manwantar (chan~e of epoch). Bode!} (Dhup), Sterculia campanulata (Papita), Atbizzia Kloss' theory that there has never been any surface'colPI lebbek (Koko), Bombax insigne (Didu), Lager nection with the continent does not seem to be very stroemia hypoleuca (Pyinma), TerminaHa manii cOnvincing, in view of the presence of hurnatr life. Spemj , ,:~:bltl& "Ghuglam), Terminalia bialata (White ally of Jarawas in the hinterland, whose highest mari~ Chuglam), and Terminalia procera (Badam) which time achievement is crossing of narrttw' cJ)'~ks~in rickety are .the \ 'pri.nCi-pal ; timQer Hr1ies;- ,-Besides these rafts and who could not have, therefore, migrated into there are many other species of minor importance these islands from any other part of the 'World;' It is from a timber -01; ,J;~V:en~p,ooducing point of view. difficult also to believe that these islands witnessed, the The moist valleys along fresh water. streams ~ ~md Whole process of evolution from slime to ,man on a also the steeper bills are ta1<;;en up' by 'evergreen miniature scale. Where then are the failures or y the forests. ,Varfdus " sJ;lecies' of ':Pipterocarphs intermediate species? «}:UI:jan) are the rri:d~t conspJcuous and with', \t A careful study of the navigation charts of these seas are associated' Sterculi~ caTnp'a~ula4z" Myfitsii:a would reveal the considerable variations in the. depth irya (NutIneg), CalophyHuni,. spectd6ile ,,(L [XLii] ,AgMcuttUre.... At the imotilent ~Iy '5,102 acres'· of,;laOO .' ,G6n~Tbe ,preyWus :table: shows the: ,distribution ara' under 'Wet eultivation,, the· main' crop, ,being, paddy, and movement of popUlation during :th~. last, 51) years. with al'.l averiJge i yield varying, between 15' to 20 miaunds Thedigures: 'for' And&~Qns H{U'Jt}. Nieobat"& ha\le> ,bem perl a€'l'e 'andul3,91()"acr~s: Undep, coconuts. ,; No, separate given, ISepa,rately . as ethnologically. the. inhabitants of ..the figures· fGr: other cr~pS" 'and'· vegetal!J!les; :aoo ;:oong ,given tWE).:.g.raups,.are,compietely dis~milar and; each;;should. owing~ to'1Jhe v.ery'restricted nature ;ofl such, cultivation.: belstuaiefLsingcy-.. '1'o;the ~951 enum~ated,figure :of, .With 'the: settlement' 'Q!, displaoed perrone; from, East Andamans should· be, added, the :estimated, number. (If Benga:l.'almosf aU th~ oleal'ed'areai in SotitihAndamans,. aborigj.pal population of .220. . .'. .. ., excepting 'a19out &00 Jaeres' of, land inundated' by::sea-watei' Pop~'4&tion movementih ~:nddmans,:,,:,:Up. to' 1941' the owing to breablies' in 'sea-wallS" 'aHcl ,leaks Jin. sluice'iates,' movehlent of population in"the :Ahdamans waiJcomil,lete tras· -been !;roughto, :under' culti'Wltiort;';' " The I 'e~~ {:Of ly artificial arid riot atall liid{cathTe of the' normal biolo ~icQl tape' ihi taese: 'islllnds 'is, tl}e. ipt'oper· mairttenimc~ ,Of gical arid economic forces which" i)PE!faie; t6 clhis~ varia theSe' ~reve'rltiw wotks," -tn· their pr.erent conOition -they how;.ilil, .powlation, ~in~ a ~nal. s.ettlernent fluctuati~ns portend" lac definite thtleat' ~engaH settiers who do not seem to be very much grand experiment will be futile if these peopie are treat opposed to exogamy. ed as a separate community and subjected to ~ocial dis Economic structure oj the population-The economic advantages-both here and in the mainland. It is most tables under preparation will give a correct idea of the satisfactory to record here that the example of this economic division of population. But from all available unique community has been followed by other Hindus evidence a rough percentage amongst the main general living here and no anxiety was evinced by any member professions can be worked out as follows;- of that community, whether belonging to the scheduled or non-scheduled castes, to have his caste recorded in Labour (skilled and un-skilled) 33% the current census. They have all been recorded as Agriculture and plantation 29% members of one 'non-backward' community. Office work and other professions- Displaced personS-As a 'grow more food' measure trade and commerce 38% and with a view to attainment of self-sufficiency in the This certainly reveals a lack of proper balance and top matter of food, I sugl1:ested colonisation of these islands heaviness. Agriculture is certainly being starved. There early in 1948-specially as at that time about 3,000 acres is, however, 100 per cent. employment and no economic of abandoned holdings were available for settlement. passivity amongst the self-supporting community. The idea caught and the Government of India agreed to Special groups: Andaman Indians-The main basis the West Bengal Government's proposal to rehabilitate of the population is what, in the old days, was known as displaced persons from East Pakistan in the Andamans. "Local Borns" signifying thereby the convicts settled The total number of such refugees enumerated in the here and their progeny. This terminology with a rather current census is 1,500. humiliating connotation has since been changed and in These may be divided in the following categories:- this census all permanent residents of the Andamans (1) The batch of 171 agricultural families whJ who have made these hospitable islands their home have came and settled down here in 1949 and were been recorded as Andaman Indians, be he a new settler given cash doles, seeds, implements and from East Bengal, a naturalised Karen from Burma or cattle free, costing roughly Rs. 2,333 per a person born here out of convict ancestry. To ensure family minus the cost of a pair of buffaloes assistance and facilities in the matter of education and and a milch cow. Seven artisan families also other social development for these people, the local came in 1949. administration has recommended the inclusion of the (2) The batch of 49 agricultural families who came permanent residents of these islands in the list of back in 1950 and were given advances up to ward communities. The artificial creation and nurturing Rs. 2,000 for their maintenance, cattle, im of a special community as "Local Borns" were obvious plements, etc., to be realised in six years. ly due to the social disabilities to which the~ early convict In both cases 5 acres of valley and 5 acres of hills and settlers were subjected to in those days. But it certain slopes have been allotted for two years. In a few cases ly has created a fissiparous tendency which is very un where the family has more tha:n one c,dult 7 acres of desirable in the present political context of the country. valley land has also been given. A feeling of separateness attended with an inferiority (3) 34 families who joined the local Labour Force complex has crept in, retarding the progress and deve in 1950 for eventual settlement on lands they lopment of the people. As one young graduate very would clear and reclaim. They are about to aptly put it the other day "the people here are suffer be settled on the same conditions as the 1950 ing from a 'backward-phobia '-although in point of batch. . fact they are on an average much better off than other (4) 47 families of businessmen and artisans who Indians of comparable economic status". This youth is came in January this ;)lear and will be given at the moment engaged in a random sampling of the maintenance, house-building and business economic life of the people, under the auspices of the advances up to Rs. 1,500 and k acre of house Indian Statistical Institute. An impression was pain site. fully apparent sometime ago that these islands belong (5) Besides these, 43 young Bengalis, some of whom to the" Local Born" people only and the new settlers are are even Matriculates, initially joined the interlopers. But this is gradually dying out. In fact, Labour Force and are workin/.! as ordinary the term 'settler' used to denote only displaced persons mazdoors in other organisations. Their per settled here is a misnomer, as all non-tribal people in the formance, of course, is not up to standard but Andamans are settlers-the difference is only in the this is inevitable in the cirC'Umstances. point of time of settlement. This unfortunate section of uprooted humanity is I personally feel a sociological experiment of tremen labouring under a very lamentable sense of defeatism dous national importance is going on in this little com and frustration. Continued existence on state charity munity of roughly 10,000 souls who have cut across ail has produced a peculiar helplessness and laziness barriers of caste, creed, community or province of amongst them which it took the administration a lot to origin. Free inter-marriage irrespective of caste or reli dispel. Whether businessmen or artisans, middle class gion has gone on with perfect ease and without the or cultivator, each one is evincing an dmost insatiable slightest shock or violence to the .general social lust for land, irrespective of his capacity to till. People structure. reported to be good carpenters refused jobs offererd to Religion to these people is a completely personal them, just to settle down on land. This is quite under matter and is not allowed to interfere with the secular standable amongst people whose roots were dug deep in life' of the community. This process of integration of a the fertile lands of East Bengal and to whom trade or variety of territorial and religious groups has produced business was just secondary and land was Lakshmi. a most interesting community of people with a remark Some of the 1950 and 1951 batch have volunteered to go able quickness of intellect and practical sense. This t.o jungle areas which they will themselves clear and great fusion has been largely facilitated by the pre till. This is indeed very encouraging. It is refreshing valence of Hindustani as the common language of the to see the little community of Mondals at Wandur, hack people. These islands are witnessing perhaps the birth ing away trees and growing an excellent crop on the of the organic essence of Indian humanity. But this newly cleared lands, in the jhum system. While most [XLiv] have shown diligence and industry, a few have proved interfere by screening issue of permits to intending complete slackers and were employed on occasional settlers. Only those who really needed assistance on labour during the lean period. their land or in their trade were allowed to import rela The largest single limiting factor to the progress and bons. In this census this community also is not going development of these people is their lack of financial to be recorded separately and will be an integral part of staying power. They came as complete destitutes, leav the Andaman Indian community. ing their own home and lands which gave them plenty. Eurmans, however, are a little different. They neither Future schemes, therefore, dealing with such people must want to merge nor to leave. Their contributions both provide for an insurance against distress. For example, past and present towards the development of these if one of the plough animals die, the man has not the islands and the economic life of the community are re means to replace it. markable. They find it difficult, however, to adopt On the whole, I think, they have done reasonably Indian Citizenship, only a few have taken out well, but it will at least take a couple of years or more naturalisation certificates. Non-violence is not their for them to properly find their feet. It would be inter strong point. esting to see what the Superintendent of Census, 1961 Japanese occupation-Some mention of Japanese writes of them in his report. Much of their troubles occupation of these islands is imperative for a census could have been obviated if they worked on the basis of report of the last decade. The islands were under their small a~ricultural co-operatives. But the administra occupation from the 23rd March, 1942 to the 6th October, tion's best etIorts met with failure. It is extraordinary 1945. While their relations with local people were quite that even this dire distress has not been able to kindle amiable initially, their regime developed ~radually into the spirit of "mutual aid" latent in man. In this a veritable reign of terror, the more they suspected respect, the 12 families. of repatriated Indians from existence of British espionage. Against this background Burma, settled in Shoal Bay have shown a remarkable people tried to "feed fat their ancient ~rudge" as and solidarity and co-operative spirit. The displaced person when opportunity occurred, but their favours were fickle needs the Government's sympathy and care undoubted and fall from j:.(race became so frequent that all sense of ly, but undue generosity will be his ruin. security was completely gone. Their only objective This scheme of colonisation is also desi~ned to appeared to be "to win the War" and at the altar of obviate the necessity of recruitment of labour from the that ideal they were prepared to sacrifice all finer values mainland and absorbin~ the population surplus to agri of life. On the slightest suspicion peoDle were burnt culture in the various Government and private indus alive, beaten up to death like dogs and physical tortures tries. A small beginning has been made in this direc of fantastic types were perpetrated. But by violence and tion but the fact should not be lost sight of. threat of violence they certainly did expand agriculture Other homogeneous communities-Apart from these and made these islands practically self-supporting. Bengali settlers from Eastern Pt COmmon to all humanity coastal Andamanese, the J arawas and the Onges and point to an ethnic affinity between the, two; am definitely of the opinion that they are just different tribes? species of the same genus. The slight cultural differ The Santh~l is also a Kirata: '. . ence cannot obliterate the fact of their common stock I am, therefore, quite convinced that the aborigihes and are due merely to their "isolationistic habits" of Andamans are .the same people, Who, in the dIm past; caused by their fundamental calling of collection of inhabited the marshes of Bengal, the 'uplands of Santh::rl food. For this purpose, their haunts have to be exten Pargans or the dense' forests of Burma and Malaya. sive and any mutual poaching is naturally resented. They are o~ that race of hunters and fishers who practi This sense of property and natural jealousy arising out cally ruled this part of the world, away ftom tHe ravages of the fear of trespass have prevented all inter-com of the Purusada (cannibalistic) Rakshasas; 'The local munication and the development or lack of it of each tribes had either drifted away to these islands in their tribe has been entirely on its own lines. Hence the frail' craft or saved themselves somehow' during difference in language, in manners and also in attain the cataclysm. It d~.pends· on whichev~r geological ments. Essentially there are two main species, the theory is accepted. But it is Qbyljous that in I their ~ase' Ereintaga, i.e., the forest dwellers of whom we haVe only time has had ,( stop, For that most an'cient description more or less indirect knowledge of the Jarawa and the of the Ramayana still holds true. . . Aryoto or the coastal tribes to which both the Onges, I commend' this 'theory to the professiona'j' Antht'Opo': and the Andamanese belong. Bonnington's assimila~ion logists, who may consider the desirability of replace-" of the Onge with the Jarawa is not quite understood. trt~nt of Negrito by Kirata-a'i'ter ali Negrito is i art in- The Onge is a real sea-farer, even better than tIle novation and' Kirata is historicaL .;, Andamanese, while the Jarawa is essentially a land: Movement o/populatio-n-The table beloW' shows:the lubber. The Onge settlement, seen by me, is in the movement of the aboriginal population during the last coastal area of Little Andamans very similar ~ five decad~s. Only th'e c~astal tribe of Great' Atldama'n; Andamanese settlements, except for the absence of, the now called Andainanese~ was actually enumerated, The communal hut amongst the Andamanese. Perhaps ~ht;!y rest of the figures ar~ just 'estirilates based'uri certa1h had it before their contact with civilisation. The over" data which will 'be dis'cussed later: whelming similarity of these tribes in their physical , • J " • features, mode of life, food and pastimes completely out-. Coast tribes of 1951 1941 1931 1921. 1911, 190.1, weigh the problematic differences noticed by P.revi;mlS Great Andaman 23 90 209- 455 625 observers. The adjective 'problematic' has beep. used Jarawas 50 70 114' 114 } intentionally. Bennington, for example, at page 9 of, Sentinelese 50 117- 117 . 585 the Census Report, says that the Onge basket is cqarse~ Onges 150 .. 250 346 631' '672 ly woven. We collected a basket from the Onge$ the other day which is very finely woven. In an Onge lp.).t, I can only exclaim with Hutton, Census CommissioneIi right away in Little Andaman, I saw a specimen of tj.ne in 1931 that" this devastating faU in the number ,of the weaving work in a fibre fishing trap. The tinge has Andamanese." ,in less than a century's "contact, with perforce to make his canoe differently as he has t6 administration paralyses comment but it is ,impossible traverse vast distances on the sea. I thus think that not to agree with Von Eickstedt's view of the' Andaman these negligible differences had been over-emPhasised Home' policy. The relation with the Onges prove that and the fundamental unity overlooked in the past. ' the method was not without alternati"lle". According to modern anthropology they are of th~ .The other,' tribes also register a steady decrease Negrito stock. But according to Ramayana theY' 'are although not to. the appallinj:( extent as·. that of· the Kiratas. These Kiratas have been described in our epic, Andamanese. Here also the administration. cannot be literature as shiny black, with a copper coloured head completell)l' absolved' of the .Tesponsibility· for this $ad of hair* (Tamra-murdhaja), bulging eyes' and strong state of affairs.: teeth. The description of this tribe, recorded' severnl This sheer fall in the total number of. these. tribal thousand years ago, holds good to-day. All these tribes people from 5,000: in 1858 (the year of permanent estap., have copper coloured, curly short hair growing as 1t lishment of the penal settlement here) to 223t in 19:51; were in separate insulated tufts. i.e., in less than a century's .connection, with civilization, I think the finest description of these tribes Will be is si.mply staggering. . , found in the following couplet of the Ratrtayana: __:. Andamauesc-Though, originally, the most numerous " AMAMINACANASHTATRA KIRATAH :OWIPA- of all the tribes, their decadence has ,been the. worst, BASINAH" their contact. with civilization being. the earliest and [There (in the East) you will find is land dwelling most thorough. Kiratas living on raw meat and fish.]" . Anooman.Home-Odginating out of. a poUcy of co.n: The passage of thousands of years has not changed their ciliation with the rather truculent coastal tribes, the diet to the slightest degree. Home degenerated' into a sort of prison for these free (a) This is further reinforced bY'the fact that most nomads whose normal habits were just the opposite of of the native appellations of the Ahdamans wha:t was' attempted to be a foiste!;i on them. in ;thi? * The Mahabharat describes it more precisely by say ing copper coloured spiral like hair. . t NOTE-As a result of investigation carried out -during 1952 and 1953, their total number to~day is estimated to be about 1,000, not 223.-A.K.G. [uvi] APPENDIX A institution. To CJ.uote Rev .. Corbyn, the pioneer in the clothed, the men in shorts and the females in petticoats matter, he 'daily employed them in work with native of sorts. Their ruin both physical and spiritual is convicts clearing sites, etc., taught them to speak English almost complete. and Wear' clothes'. In short a thorough attempt was Religion-I ha~e often' heard them talk about God, made to' domesticate this rovin,g community, directly but I doubt very much if the idea is native to them or OPpbsed . to' their ingrained habits, with devastating just borrowed from others. Bonnington has mentioned results.. CtH:npIetely devoid of pathological defences they about their religious beliefs but I have no first hand in fiill an 'easy pray to. venereal, pulmonary and bronchial formation. The reported belief in the existence of a q~$eases . and . ~ot· addicted to the habits of smoking, Tree on which the Heavens rest is very suggestive of the drinking, etc.; most deleterious to their· constitution. geological cataclysm when these tribes must have saved 'theIr innate' sense of freedom revolted against this re themselves by climbine up on trees. But this is far striction and eventually they haa. to be released but with fetched. Some of them, specially females, still wear innumerable disease-spreading bacilli in their organism. their ancestor's skulls. AI1d'Ulese hundred years have seen the near annihilation Econon"ic-Up to 1949, that is still' their employment Of this erstwhile thriving community of hunters and as Forest Guards, the Middle Andaman people used to fishers. The' process was _perhaps a little accelerated collect tortoise sheels and edible bIrds' nests which the :during 1942~45, . when the Allied Intelligence Officers Administration taok over in exchange of luxuries like visited the Middle and North Andamans ,md, as a price tea, sugar, cigarettes or necessities like dahs, files, etc. of' their serVices, gave them drinks, smoke and tinned But now they barter their pay and so perhaps do not food. Loka, . the present headman of the Middle bother collecting birds' nests from inaccessible caves. Aridamans group, himself a half-breed, waxes eloquent ,The North Andamanese, however, sent me a packet of of' hi's contact with American and British Officers during edible birds' nests the other day. They have refused ,to this 'period. work under the Forest Department and have reverted to In' a fresh attempt to save this little community, the their normal mode of life. Forest' 'Department' collected them all and put them in . The Onges-The entire community is now to' be found Bluff Island in 1949 to act as buffer against maurading at Little Andamans. The Rutland group mentioned in Jarawas, But restricted life apparently does not appeal previous census reports must have either perished or to them. and when I went to visit them a couple of shifted to Little Andamans. But they regularly visit months ago, only two maJ.es were found at Bluff, the Rutland every cold weather and from there hop over rest having paddled away in their canoes to Havelock to Maymyo ghat and call on us at Port Blair. They, and Neill . Is1ands for fishing. however, failed their date this year which. is a little dis Their distribution at the moment is as follows:- turbing. As to their estimated number, Males Females Children (a) in 1948, the Anthropological Party led by Dr. B. S. Guha contacted about 28 near Bomila Creek NortlL Andamaus 3 4 o in Little Andamans, Middle Andamans 7 8 1 (b) in the cold weather of that year 7 pairs with three children visited Port Blair, TOTA.L 10 12 1 (c) in 1949, another Anthropolagical Party contact ed about an equal number in Hut Bay, The child is a male-the chances of regeneration are (d) in 1950. 21 males came to Port Blair and went thus almost nil. As Anie, the old queen of North with us on a special cruise of the Maharaja. Andamans, told me that there must be a divine curse on At Djugong Creek, which is a little to the South this community, otherwise her three young sons with of Bomila Creek, we found the other members 'their three young wives shOUld have been able to pro of the community, totalling about 50 in all in~ pagate the spErcies. I am told that she is now living com elusive of women and children. Enquiries plete1y on her own at Interview island. Is it in disgust revealed that there were 3 or 4 similar loca at the inefficiency Of her off-spring? This applies tions along the coast of Little Andamans, the equally well to the Middle Andaman group who also farthest one being on the West coast, south of blame God for their unproductivity. Jackson Strait. So at that time I estimated The 16 souls in Middle Andamans have all the islands their total population at 200, althaugh the Onge up to Neill to roam about in their little canoes, while the headman told me that there were "many many seven, rather six now, northerners hold sway over the fifty" Onges-but his idea of many did not go entire area between Landfall and Stewart Sound. They b~yond five-as later I discovered he could not often wander overland leaving their little canoes at count up to 10, various centres. Reasons are obvious for the seas from (e) but in my final estimate I have decreased this Stewart Sound to Landfall are completely unsheltered by 50 because an Anthropological Party led by and "a voyage in a canoe precarious. Dr. S. Sarkar visited Djugong Creek in Ctdtural--'-'It is useless to dilate on their cultural February, 1951 and I had great expectations attainments. They· have practically lost their pristine that this time perhaps, we shall be able to culture thanks to their continued contact with foreigners. actually enumerate Onges. But alas! not a it is, however, a pleasure to see Loka and his band in single soul was found by this party along a Middle Alldamans doing turtle hunting with formidable seven mile coast line up to the next creek and 'harpoons' in their frail canoes swirling round and round up to three miles inside. On the contrary they a huge' turtle trying to make its escape. It is also a saw sight to see them climbing up tall coconut palms without (1) two communal huts at a distance of a mile any aid; They still possess their dancing board-but and a half from each other, the second one dances are few and far between. Their huts which newly re-conditione~ lying vacant, . exist in Port. Cotnwallis and Stewart Sound onJ,y, the (2) 7 canoes, two of which we saw in the pro people in Bluff island using huts made by the ~orest cess af being built in 1950, lying about and Departmf'ut, are the ordinary lean-to type with a raised (3) most suspicious of all great mounds looking platform 'inside Used as a b~d. I have always seen them like graves with several small ones thrown [XLvii] APPENDIX A in were noticed which seemed to Dr. Sarkar being made-big enough to carry two dozen per as evidence of mass burial. sons. They stayed there for about a weel{ and put up (c) Mrs. Ghosh, the wife of the Chief Commissioner smoke signals but not a single one appeared. Shri A. K. Ghosh, I.C.S., and some other ladies This is indeed very disheartening news. Has there along with the writer collected a vocabulary of been a complete annihilation of this Sept by any ~ number of words during this trip, reproduced epidemic or was there an inter-sept war? They could not In Appendix E. An underlying scientific basis of have been on their annual voyge to Great Andamans as the language is clearly noticeable. All words all available canoes were lying strewn about, nor could relating ~o the body and acts connected therewith they have gone very far inland as inter-sept boundaries begin with the prefix 'Eni '-thus the eye is are definitely demarcated and may not be crossed with Enijibole, the leg Enichege, going Eniqualebe, and impunity. Actually their non-appearance in this cold coming Enikochobe. Is it something like Urdu weather had made me a little anxious and early in "Tasrif Laiye" (be pleased to bring your body)? January I had asked the Burmans of Maymyo village, The most rema:c'kable group of words is Injobe who generally bring them in, as to what could have (water), Inja (Sea), Injokabe (Infinite). They happened. They thoueht that the rather unfavourable !hus have the concept of the Infinite, expressed weather prevailing up to then was perhaps causing In a term almost similClr to that for the sea. I delay. Little did I know then that this friendly tribe have already remarked about their word for God has in all probability been effaced from the face of the , Boan '. These words also indicate power of earth. Lack of time and transport has not made it possi abstract thought. ·It is a little extraordinary that ble for me to check-up on this report but I hope the people without the knowiedge of the numerals administration will soon start investigations. * should ,have an idea of the Infinite. But perhaps In any case this is the reason why I had to cut down their economic life does not? require numerals. my estimate of these Onees to 150 only, very sorrowfully , Iccheli' for child has a remarkable similarity indeed. The present estimate, however, is quite in keep to Hindi 'Chelia '. ing with the trend of the nrevious estimates-but I had high hopes that the comm~;1ity was quickening up. t Living in comparative isolation is their island home Past 'relations-Bonnington records the various futile this community offers a vast field for researches in and punitive attempts made by the administratioo before psychological and social anthropology. final conciliation with this tribe was attained by kind Tril.)(d organisation-Their organisation has almost behaviour and heavy donation of presents. Although a political tint. The w~'iter's investigations reinforce the Djugong-Bomila Creek Sept has been found to be the previous theory that organisation of society is on a very friendly, no definite opinion can be given as to the septal basis, with clear cut boundaries for hunting attitude of Septs living near Jackson Strait and beyond. ~round for each sept near their locations. The Onge In any case in the Special Cruise in which 21 Onges IS generaly very nervous and reticen~ of speaking about accompanied us, we did not find them fidgetty or nervous other folk and all that information that could be obtain as Bonnington found there. They seemed to enjoy the ed -from the headman of the group contacted was that trip immensely and had their eyes and ears always alert. "there are many many fifty Onges". It is this restrict Intelligence-(a) In 1950 as the Maharaja was about ed field of operations that forces them to make these to leave on Special Cruise, 21 Onges who had bee;:;. long voyages to Rutland and Cinque islands as and to Port Blair only a few days ago returned with when weather conditions become pronitious. Their at a request to take them to their homeland in the tempts at expansion and acquisition 'of more "Laben Maharaja. Local enquiries at Maymyo, their sarum" have been noted by Lowis in 1921. He said anchorage, revealed that the canoes they came in that the Onges first used the Rutland as a camping had become almost unserviceable. This certainly ground and then gradually settled down there and shown is indicatiye of discursive thinking. a tendency to cross the McPherson Strait and come to (b) Again as the Maharaja steamed away from South Andamans. They still do cross the McPherson Djugong Creek, their the then location, thls little Strait but not for additional te~Titory. band of abobl'igines became very restive aboard The Headman certainly is respected but did not seem and finally the headman approached the writer to hold much authority-the community seemed to be and explained that the ship was on a wrong quite democratic and the economy communistic. The course. After a discussion with Captain Gibson, existence of communal huts, communal canoes, common the master of this vessel, the ship was diverted fire, etc., points to this. to Djugong Creek and in about two hours time the This "Septism" verging almost on political nation smoke from their village was visible. It dearly alism is probably leading them slowly along the path shows their keen power of maritime observation of annihilation. Some septs have most certainly vanish and sense of bearing. The long voyages they ed for want of food within their limited zone. Those undertake in open seas, without any landmarks that dare out perhaps still exist. In this connection between Little Andamans and Rutland have cer some excerpts are reproduced 'from the writer's tour tainly quickened their navigational instinct and diary of March, 1950:- the present writer does not agree with Bonnington "The vmage itself is in the clearing of a deep that their canoe-culture is of a much lower stan jungle very close. to the beach about 20' X 10' in dard than that of the Andamanese or that they which there were 14 ll;tle sheds. The sheds were , belong to the Erantaga or the jungle dweller type. about 4' high with a platform of .If by about 2!' With that great pride they showed us round their to 3'. The roof was of leaves and there were canoe-building yard where two new canoes were no walls around. The fixed log at one end of the * NOTE I-This has been done. The people were all in the interior of the Island, collecting wild honey. 1 -A.K.G. i· NOTE 2-Dr. Cipriani lived with the Onges in Little Andaman for three modhs in 1933, and mOVed all over the Island. He counted over 400 men, women and children; and estimated their total number at between 500 and 600.-A.K.G. [XLviii] APPENDIX A shed is perhaps used as a pillow. The place was captive children, at present being brought up by Bishop filthy and flies were I.lUzzing about. There were Richardson at Car Nicobar, and the three males cap a large number of mangy famished dogs, which tured in 1948 who finally gave the administration the show that the people perhaps do not have suffi slip. Naturally, therefore, his knowledge about this cient food. community is most meagre. In estimating the present population, note waS taken * * * * * It seems a little curious to me that this- 300 sq. of the following incidents that took plac~ during 1948- miles of land is not adequate for their food and 1951;- they have to migrate to Rutland for some part . (a) On 14th September, 1948 a band of Jarawas of of the year in search of food. Anyhow I am about 15 to 20 raided a forest camp near Baja definite that they do not have enough to eat from lungta in Middle Andaman and looted pots, the look of things in the village. pans and white cloth to the exclusion of khaki and killing a Burman boy with an * * * * * arrow. A gun fire scared them a way. While I agree that we should not try to disturb the (b) On 19th October, 1948 some officers of the normal conditions of life of these tribal people I Forest Department sighted three adult feel it to be the duty of the State to see at least Jarawa males and a boy in Spike island and that they are brought to human level. It would after some dexterous manouvers Mr.. Joseph be worth while putting some social anthropologists and Mr. Pooviah, two Assistant Conservators on the job. They would at least be able to of Forests and Mr. Gupta, the Accounts suggest steps for improvement of their living Officer captured them. They had bark conditions." armour and the paint on. They finally 8(Jdlll custmns mtll religion-Girls certainly are escaped from Port Blair. married very early. I saw a girl wife almost below (c) On 1st April, 1949, 2 or 3 Jarawas shot one her teens and when questioned about the utility of such Telugu mazdoor dead in Foster valley. The an union, both man and wife laughed. Marital relations interesting fact is the Jarawas picked up both seem to be very strict. The Onges will always squat the arrows they shot. They took away two in pairs-the woman in front of the man almost on his dahs too. lap. In one of these visits, the writer saw a lone (d) On 13th April, 1949 a forest Ranger heard a female lying very disconsolate away from the rest. cooing voice behind him almost like that of Enquiries revealed that she had just been widowed. hog deer and as his dog ran that way it w.as Obviously the widow has no place in the community. stabbed. The party did not consist of many. Bonnington actually speaks of widow murders, by (e) On 19th April, 1949 there were definite indica drowning. tions of Jarawas crossing over from Baratang Some ossuary practice is noticeable, as amongst all island in Middle Andamans to the mainland. these primitive people. This attachment for bones of There was buttress beating on both sides of the dead perhaps arises from the fact that the bone is the creek. the only part of human body with comparative perma (f) On 28th December, 1949 an estimated number nence. Preservation of the bone of the dead might give varying between 17 and 23 attacked a party the psychological satisfaction of close material proxi of forest mazdoors in Porlob Jig in Middle mity of the beloved dead. It need not have any reli Andamans. Two were killed on the spot and gious significance. another fled with an arrow stuck on him. People having the fundamental concept of a Supreme One of the murders was brutal, the man's Being cannot be said to have no religion. Whether skull having been cut open and nose chopped their religious ideas are crude or developed is more off. than can be asserted. No evidence was available of (g) Trace. of Jarawas in Lakra Lunta on 4th religious practices. January 1950. Pasti'me and 1'ecl'eation-' EnilaJabe' is their word (h) In May-June, 1950 one Burman who strayed for c'ance and' Gaga' is their word for song. There is north of the settled area of Herbertabad in hardly any 'Gaga' spirit in their music though, which South Andamans was killed by one Jarawa. was indeed very plaintive. The dance is the usual (i) Burning of old forest camps at Rangat and , contredance' type, males and females standing opposite Happy valley was noticed about November, each other. On the whole they do not give the impres 1950. sion of a cheerful crowd as their opposite numbers in (.1) A lone Jarawa was noticed by a Survey Party Great Acr1damans although in state of rapid decay, do. bush policeman in Mile TUek in South The only phYsical decoration still remaining is the Andaman in January, 1951. smearing of white clay on the body. (k) Two Jarawas visited a bush police camp at Techuicnt skill-Some very beautiful weavings of Lakra Lunta in the early morning of 11th fibre were noticed in their village. Their canoes are January, 1951. One was shot dead. An also quite strong and sea-worthy. They have learnt the attempt was made to exaggerate the number use of dahs, chisels and files and are keen to acquire of Jarawas to 50 to 60 by the bush police these in lieu of their collections. The tassel of yellow men, but cross examination revealed that fibre used by their women in front, is quite artistic too. they saw no more than two and guessed that Their weapons are sufficiently murderous and the bow there might be more. This incident is inter string made of fibre is quite strong and yet resilient. esting in two ways. Janf1f'as : Population ami m01)e'Ynent-The writer's (1) this is the first time that a Jarawa was direct contact with this community is through the four shot dead.* '" NOTE--Unfortunately not one but many Jarawas have been shot dead in skirmishes during the hundred years we have been in occupation of these Islands.-A.K.G. 17 Home/54 [XLix] APPENDIX A (2) that the Jarawas did not shoot before they attempt at an overture for peace. But this shooting were shot at and came out in the open in of the Jarawa might, in all probability, stiffen them front of the camp where there were four up. bush policemen. This is quite contrary to Intelligence-Topsy, the captive Jarawa girl at Car their ambushing habits. t Nicobar can read away Jawahar Lall Nehru's Letters (l) In January, 1951 a number of Burmans from to his daughter with a perfect ease and excellent accent. Bassein drifted away to these islands in a She ang her three little brothers are doing arithmetical small boat from Bassein. Enroute, while get sums, and reading Hindi and their receptivity is amaz ting a supp-ly of drinking water in a creek ingly good. The yougest, Chengapa, sometimes feels on the west coast which from their description the lure of the jungle and escapes to the forests for appeared to be Lowis Inlet, they saw days on end and Bishop Richardson has to use the birch communal huts with pigs' skulls strung to domesticate him. on the entrance and considerable num The three captive adults, Who could be studied only ber of footprints both of adults and for a few days, gave evidence of surprising intelligence. children. The very fact that they gave their- Captors a .slip. The Lakra Lunta incident shows how the number although under day and night surveillance, by dint of a of these raiders is apt to be exaggerated by the victims. keen power of observation in learning to unfasten the All the evidence about these raids point to the conclu bolt of a window and eventually jumping out of it sion that at the outside about 20 Jarawas are roaming shows their intellectual capabilities. In a split secood about with their headquarters at Lowis Inlet, across they picked up the mechanism of an alarm clock and the Middle Andaman up to Spike island to the South thoroughly enjoyed the repeated rings. The difference and the Happy Valley to the West. Besides there might between a cushioned sofa and a hard wooden office chair be two or three (perhaps the three runways) in South was immediately grasped and preference shown for the Andamans moving along Chawlanga range from Mile more comfortable seat. Civilization's solicitation for Tilek in the east to the Bajiunta creek in the west. their welfare in givi,ng the wounded Jarawa a penicillin So at the outside there may be about 25 male adults of injection or making them sleep in closed doors· or the tribe, some of whom are according to reports only giving them cooked meat to eat was not at all appre grown-up lads. From a survey of the Onges it appears ciated. Soon they were found dressing up an entire that there is a little preponderance of males over pig and making a feast of it in their own way. With females amongst the tribal population. On this basis what dexterity was the dissection done without the aid there would be about 20 females. The general decline oi' any instrument. The stiff bones were broken up as of the race would warrant a caution in estimating the match sticks. They must have a thorough knowledge, humber of children and I would put it at 5. The story of animal anatomy. The lesson of this escape is that goes that there were some Japanese air-raids during the in case of future captures, the captives must be placed occupation on the western coast, the usual Jarawa in surroundings normal to them under proper vigilance haunts, to punish these truculent people. This might and must not be introduced into high class draw have resulted in some decrease too. In any case, the ing-rooms and given joy-rides in automobiles, all present estimate of 50 seems to indicate that the tribe too soon. is rallying round, for the rate of fall during the last Wea,pons-The only contact with this tribe being two decades is much less than that between 1921-31. through violence, local knowledge of them is limited to Thus, while between 1931 and 1951 the decrease is only their big bows and almost spear-like arrows, bark one a year, between 1921-31 it is over 4 a year. But armour, war paint, the cooing war cry and buttress the number certainly cannot be very much more, as beating as a signal to rally. some people seem to think, for in that case they should On the whole I think they are the most thriving of have been more visible. all the tribes. The continued truculence of this tribe is certainly Sentinelese-No information is available and no disturbing. The 1949 incidents produced a scare estimate of their number is possible. amongst the forest labour. The administration must pursue a "catch 'em alive" policy. Actually the writer's own view is that if the bush policemen at Lakra Lunta had not lost their nerves in January, 1951, PART B-NICOIMRS we might have been able to catch these two Jarawas. The fact that they came out in the open, early 1n the I. The I.and morning and walked right into the camp and did not attempt to shoot, would warrant a presumption that PItY·'Jiogmphy-The 10' channel with a uniform they meant a friendly visit. The reason is not far to depth of 400 fathoms and an approximate width of seek. Since the string of incidents in 1949, the forest 80 miles separates the Andamans group of islands from department has been very watchful and practically the Nicobars. Does the existence of this fracture indi bottled them up between Lowis Inlet and Lakra Lunta cate that the two groups are results of two distinct on the west, and a zig-zag along Yeratil Jig to Rangat geological processes? There is a fundamental difference and Happy Valley to the east, very narrow at certain in the physiography of each. Some of the islands in points. This restricted existence must be very galling the Nicobars like Chaura and Pulo Milo and the littoral and inconvenient to a people who held sway practically fringe of Car Nicobar are essentially coral, while Kat over the Whole of the western coast within about 25 chall, Nancowry and Great Nicobar are hilly as the miles of Port Blair and might have inspired an Andamans. This group contains the following t This is incorrect. The men were in bark armour, and were evidently scouts. As soon as they were seen they shot arrows at the policemen, slightly injuring one of them. When the poUce fired, one Jarawa dropped dead, while the other ran away, injured, into the forest.-A.KG. [L] NICOBAR ISLANDS 5CA.L E 1" 'NCH 7 ol.: '5" 8 """.Er§ clt__ CAS N IcoeA R ..• ~------+------~------~--~--~----~~~ D , 8""T"TfMALY J AN DA M A N 5 E A ol'le ..oe. r .J..!:!!lJL ._ ~ 0 v;e'O;:ZL:{2Tt'!:'iO .J1EHC ...... L t LITTL.E:. tile O,6AR ~ • ka-.drlr .....".--: _'$. I\I ~. 2l'7.E~$4-rOO"· • .5. PJIt.NT£O,o,T Tj.ll!: S U",v e: VOI" ' NO'" O ..... ,C~ !J (Po L . O.) . ReprOduce ct from oriaina-l supplied by the Chief Commissioner"' .and ex-officio Superintendent of Census Operations, Andaman and Nicob.r hsfand" and the: SurVey 01 'ndi. is not reaponsfble f"or.'the accuracy of detail, n .. mea etc. appearing on -the map. APPENDIX A islands, of which those marked with asterisk are not When Sugriva, the king of the great race of Banaras, inhabited: was ordering a mass rally of all his troops he mentioned: " Khisirodabelanilayah Car Nicobar Katchall Tamalabanabasinah *Batti Malv "Meroe Narikelacanah Chaiba *Trak Tesam Shankhya na vidyate." Chowra *Treis *Tilangchong (Summon also my countless vassals who build their "Menchal homes on the beach, or live in tamala forests, and live Tere~sa Little Nicobar on coconuts.) Bompoka (Pulo Milo) The Nicobarese are the former type of coconut Camorta Great Nicobar eating variety of human beings. Several thousand years Trinkat Kondul have passed since and there has not be·en the slightest Nancowry *Kabra change in the mode of life of the Nicobarese. There is also numerous other internal evidence: FloJ'a- There is considerable difference in the flora (a) Quite frequently the Ramayana describes too. Pad auk and Gurjon, the pride of Andamans Banaras as golden hued-some Nicobarese Forests are conspicuous by their absence, although the still answer to that description. possibility of utilisation of some soft timber of Great (b) The main food of this race was" jala and mula" Nicobar for matchwood cannot be overruled. Exten (fruits and roots) and even to-day the Nico sive coconut groves and areca palms constitute, how barese live on coconuts, yams, pandanus and ever, the beauty of these islands and according to one bananas. school of thought, have given the islands their name, (c) Their muscular prowess has always been Nicobar being supposed to have been derived from emphasised in the Ramayana. The modern Narikel-dwip. These fruits are the staple food of the Nicobarese is reputed for his brawns inhabitants. .. Byurhoracka" (broad-chested) and "Maha There is no agriculture in the proper sense at all, bhuja" (long-armed). although 'yams' are grown in considerable quantities (d) The Banaras did not possess any murderous as an item of food. In 'one village in Camorta, it was weapons-and fought with rocks or stones refreshing to see villagers growing gourds, pumpkins, or twigs. To-day, barring a small bow which and other vegetables. This is, however, quite un due to its mechanised arrangements seems an common. innovation, the Nicobarese do not possess any Large areas are under 'lalang' grass which is so instrument of killing. Their biggest weapon useful to the people for their thatches. of offence is a quarter staff. Fauna-Monkeys are a nuisance in Great Nicobar (e) Like the Banaras of Ramayana, their main sport and the cause of ruin of the coconut groves. As Bishop is wrestling. Richardson aptly put it in his report, after enumerating (f) The decorative wooden fretwork which the the inhabitants of this island during the current census, Nicobarese affixes to the prow of his canoe that "monkeys and malaria will, perhaps, wipe off the reminds one of the excellent wood carving coastal community in course of time". Pythons have of the bier in which the corpse of Bali was been found in Car Nicobar. There are other species carried for cremation-it was "drumakarma of reptiles too. bibhusitam", i.e., decorated with wood carv ing work. > Climate-Rainf1tll is much heavier and temperature (g) The Banara houses have always been described higher specially i,n the southern group than the as "Guhas" (caves). This to my mind Andamans, but no correct meteorological data is avail seems to refer to a particular type of house able. which looks like a cave. It could mot have referred to caves literally as the internal fittings and furnishings described could not II. The People possibly be found in caves. Those who have seen the Nicobarese beehive type huts will Ethnology-so also with man-the Nicobarese belong at onCe realise how these can - be aptly to a completely different race group from the aborigines described as "Guhas" (caves). Standing on of Andamans. Unfortunately as the Nicobarese do mot stilts, with just a little aperture for egress possess a collective memory it is very difficult to affiliate and ingress and a high dome-like thatched them with other extinct or extant groups of human roof, dark and cool inside, they would always beings through folk-lore or beliefs. Although at times give one the impression of a "Guh·a". quite idyllic, their folk-lore have hardly any solid basis (h) Mention is also appropriate perhaps of their to offer clues to their past history. They are certainly fondness for wearing their loin-cloth with a an ancient race of people identified as Lojenke (Naked tail at the end, which was also the Banara people) of L 'Tsing (672 A.D.) or the Lankabhalus ot custom-some of them used to wear even the Arab mariners (851 A.D.) or Marco Polo's Necuve long tails like a cow's tail (Golungul). ram. There is definite historical evidence of the Second (i) Even the psychological traits are common to Rajendra Chola's conquest of Car Nicobar (Kar Dwipa) both. Hanuman scolds the army as "Nitya and Great Nicobar (Nag Dwipa). Even to-day a little masthira Clhittwh ", i.e., having a grass-hoppilIlg stream in Great Nicobar is called ' Ganga' and a village mind, unsteady. It is so even to-day. It is in Teressa is known as 'Lakshmi' which is suggestive very difficult to make the Nicobarese stick to of past Hindu influence. But this is only identification anything for a reasonable length of time. in isolation and not within any ethnic group. (j) Again Angada, in pious rage against his sove Here again the Ramayana has not only identified reign and uncle Sugriva for his sins of omis them but claimed them as children of the 'Indian soil. sion and commission, preferred a fast unto [Li] 7A APPENDIX A death to a fight. To-day an aggrieved Nico The first speaks of a cataclysmic flood in which one barese would much prefer destroying his own male could save himself by climbing upon a tree. The canoe or killing his own pig to avenging on only other mammal saved was a bitch and from the the offender. I shall dilate on this remark union of these was born the race of Nicobarese. able non-violent trait in proper context. The second depicts a Burmese princess, exiled by (k) And last of all his ingrained addiction to spiri h~r father for her u_nnatural connection with a dog, who tuous liquor. The Chowra group which typi hIt upon these shores and had a son by this dog. Before fies the Nicobarese in his purest form will the birth of her child she killed the dog to eliminate start drinkiqg with day-break. And Sugriva the evidence of her shame. A desire to propagate, almost failed his date with Rama on account however, led her to marry the son and multiply. of his heavy drinking. Both are biological impossibilities so far as the canine There is thus an over-whelming evidence that the origin is concerned, but there may be some faint trace twentieth century Nicobarese belong to that great and of truth in the latter part of the second story which most populous race of Banaras who inhabited the sub speaks of the maternal incest. Oedipus-complex has montane regions of Eastern India, the uplands of Central ~ou~dations in fact. Most likely the later progeny, India and the coastal regions of Burma and Malaya, a l1avmg come to know of this, must have called the yellow coloured people but quite distinct from China female ancestor a bitch. and Mahachina according to Ramayana. Their civilisa . The writer:s own view, however, is that the tion was of a high order and the collection of precious Nlcobarese habIt of wearing tails and using a head-gear metals and stones in Sugriva's court dazzled even the . of areca spa the looking like dog's ears are responsible Aryan royal brothers Ram and Lakshman. for this foist by foreigners, which these people in their simplicity have accepted as correct. None of the vari To hold that these Banaras were monkeys is sheer ants of this legend seems to be or needs to be true. fatuity. An army of monkeys could not have defeated The crux of the matter may be put in the form of a mighty race of cannibals, efficiently organised and this query "Is there any race of human beings who armed with a variety of lethal weapons. 'Nara' etymo live near the beach in cave, like huts and live on fruits logically means 'cultivator' and refers to that stage and roots, specially coconuts?" If there is then the of human civilisation in which agriculture is the main Nicobarese are of that stock-but the stock itself wher- . economIc activity, while Ba-Nara means 'near-culti ever it may be found radiated from the highlands of vator' that is p'eople who do not grow ' Osadhi' (annual India. The Nicobarese have thus formed an integral crops) but live on long-lived crops like fruits and roots. part of India from time immemorial, and are even to-day This referred to that stage of civilisation, which is inter free citizens of the Republic of lndia-a fact of which mediate between hunting and fishing and agriculture, they may very well be proud of. between the nomadic and the settled state and is perhaps I dwelt at some length on this to dispel any possible now called' bamboo-culture'. feelings that the Nicobarese may have-about their The complete absence of a Rama cult amongst these being separate from other inhabitants of the Indian people does not disprove the above theory: Union. The fundamental fact remains that from Galatea Bay in Great Nicobar to the Himalayas this great country (a) having no written language, they have no means of preserving tradition, and is one indivisible whole and we are all an integral part of it, whether living in Nicobar or in Bombay. (b) the army that joined the expeditionary forces of Sugriva may not have returned to tell the tale. How many uneducated Indians, for example, know III. Shorn-Pens about the battle of Plassey or Nawab Sirajuddowla These are the highlanders of Great Nicobar who historical facts of only 3 centuries ago. How then can barter cane in exchange of coconuts, fish, tobacco and these people remember what must have happened other necessities. I am not aware of the basis on which several thousand years ago without the aid of written the previous estimates of their number were made, language? but present enquiries indicate that they come down to the coast occasionally in batches of 5 and 6 and that It is clear, therefore, that these islanders are not just a little community falling from the blues, but also towards the south. The raids in coastal villages bave completely ceased. I should, therefore, think their formed an integral part of that great yellow race which number cannot be more than 20. populated the best part of South East Asia in pre historic days. No wonder that Grierson has established The Great Nicobarese description of them indicates a philological affinity of their language with Mon Khmer that they are also of the same stock as Nicobarese group which is also a similar variety of the human race. except that they are a little darker and wear their hair (My investigations, however, reveal that only a very long. Sir Richard Temple also holds the same view. few words of the Nicobarese language belong to the Bishop Richardson who contacted a naturalised family Mon 'Khmer group.) But whereas the Bhutanese or the of Shom-Pens consisting of the parents and three children Burmese or the Malayan has been twisted out of shape says that their features are similar to those of the Car by the irresistible march of time, these people living Nicobarese, Chowrites or Teressians. These two adults, in complete isolation in their island homes have retained of course, were picked up by Great Nicobar people as the pristine glory of their culture. Glory, it is indeed, children, married and multiplied on the coast and have as will be shown in the pages that follow. no connection with the main stock. Another woman of 30 who was adopted in her infancy has married a A mention is, perhaps, necessary of a legend prevail coastal man and is living happily in the village. ing in Car Nicobar about the canine origin of the people. As Rani Islon of Nancowry told me that" this Hostilities between the highlanders and the coastal is a figment of the intellectual brain and we illiterate people have become quite infrequent. Disputes as to people neither know nor believe it". I heard two exchange rates of commodities only enrage them, other variants of this story. wise their contacts are quiet. [Lii] APPENDIX A They use bows and arrowst and spears made of the total number of deaths being 225 and betel nut stalks with a groove near the spear-head. destruction of all English knowing youth of The spear, after a thrust, is twisted and the lance breaks Car Nicobar by the Japanese during their and the spear-head remains inside the body. occupation numbering about 100. Besides the In the old days the cane that the coastal people col 1941 figures contain an element of guess work lected from them found a clandes~ine passage to Malaya too. It is thus very unlikely that there has by Chinese brigs. With the opening of a branch of the been a slowing down in the process of multi local trade agents at Kondul, the people will be able plication through biological and economic to have normal trade in canes. forces. (0) Chowra which Lowis in 1921 apprehended was declining rapidly in her population, has IV. The Movement of Population rallied round to an amazing extent, the pre The last half a century has registered a considerable sent population being nearly 500 per cent. increase in the Nicobarese population. Below is a com more than that of 1921. parative table of distribution and movement of popula (d) The central group has recorded a 50 per cent. tion island by island:- increase while even the southern group has gone up by 200 per cent. 1951 1941 1931 1021 1911 1001 (e) Here also there is a slight preponderance of males.ov:r females (vide table at page XXV). Car Nicobar 8,374 7,182 (;,087 5,;j50 3,451 PromlscUlty of sexual intercourse is thus frequent, But such extra-marital relation 1,07ll ll15 234 348 522 Chowra ship in these islands has always a sentimental Teressa 523, basis. The humid climate and beautiful sur and r· 50n 50n n40 656 702 r.oundings have, perhaps, made the people a Bompoka 73J lIttle over-sexed. Density-Tlw density of population per island is as East Katchall 249, follows:- I West Katchall 244 I ISLANDS AREA POPULATION DENSITY I 1, In!) 1,005 Uamorta 61S r 1,i),;1 1,041 1,071 Car Nicobar 4\) sq. miles 8,374 170 I Chowra 3 I,07G 35S'7 Trinkat l1S I Teressa 34 523 15 Nancowry 3""J~~ Bompoka 4 73 IS Camorta . 58 (lIS 10'7 Little Nicobar 107, Nancowry 10 (Pulo Milo) I a22 17 Kondul 47 r 405 245 2ltl 272 192 Trinkat G US 19'6 I Katchall . 62 493 9'5 Great Nicobar lAI J Little Nicobar (Pulo Milo) 58'5 197 ------0'3 Kondul O'i; 47 94 Total 12,002 12,452 0,589 8,248 7~901 5,062 Great Nicobar 333 * 161 0'48 Less Indians 100 200 * !<;xcluding 20 estimated 8hom-P(,ns. Total 11,\)02 12,252' 9,5S9 S,248 7,\)91 5,962 The density of Chowra is appalling but as these people live ofl' the rest of the country by their wits the 200 375 375 34S Shorn-Pen (Estimated) 20 restriction of territory does not very much worry them. The Shom-Pens were never enumerated and previous Car Nicobarese. have to spread into other islands. The reports indicate that complete enumeration of the popu movement is already ill progress. Normal economic lation of the southern group and some of the central forces are bound to iron out this unevenness in the dis group of islands was not done. So there is an element tribution of population. The limiting factor according of guess. work in the previous figures. The figures for to Bonnington is the coral-line soil necessary for growth 1941 and 1951 include some non-Nicobarese. So far as of coconut plants. The plantations in Andamans show 1951 is concerned their total is not likely to exceed 100 th,at coral-line soil is not essential; besides, in Great and a correct picture will be obtained after complete Nlcobar, Camorta and Katchall plenty of suitable soil tabulation figure. The 1941 figures include about 200 is available. The writer seems to think, however, that non-Nicobarese. ' the irinate exclusiveness and aversion to outsiders of the inhabitants of the various islands of southern and (a) There has thus been an almost 100 per cent. central groups are responsible for the concentration of increase in the Nicobarese population during population in smaller areas. Bishop Richardson men the last 50 years. This increase, however, tions in his report on enumeration in Kondul and Great does not appear to be steady. It started with Nicobar that some villagers definitely non-cooperated a spurt of 331 per cent. in 1901-1911 and with the census party, although for a very brief period. then slowed down during the next two Rani Islon of Nancowry did not seem to be very happy decades till it reached the original rate by over settlement of Car Nicobarese in her supposed 1931-1941. domain while the Rani of West Katchall s·eemed to (b) The slight decrease in the total population relish the. idea. More inter-communication and steady during this census is due mainly to the heavy contact WIll resolve this difficulty. But a spread-out toll in life taken by poliomyelitis in 1947-1943, is imperative. t NOTE ..-They have no bows or arrows; only long spears or javelins.-AK.G. [Liii] APPENDIX A V. General Characteristics prevalent, perhaps, in many parts of India. But a Fundamentally the entire population from Car conclusion that the Chowrites are Hindus will be just Nicobar to Great Nicobar has one underlying culture rash. and outlook on life. Continued insular existence and . iUaniage-Continued affection resulting from court absence of regular inter-communication owing to in Sn_lP IS tne determining factor for marriage in Car hospitable weather conditions, coupled with different NlCobar, although this is done with the agreement of types of foreign influence (e.g., Chinese, Malayan down the parents of both sides. The future abode of the south and Indian and Western at Car Nicobar up north) couple de'pe~ds on th~ rr:an power of the either family. have overlaid this essential cultural unity with certain If. the bnde s father IS m need of a helping hand, the seem1ng differences even in the spoken language. The b.ndegroom goes and lives with them. No religious inhabitants of Little and Great Nicobar have absorbed ntes are performed although there is always a social a Malayan tongue to such a considerable extent that gathering attended with feasts. Adultery has always they are now almost unintelligible to the Car Nicobarese. been held as a crime against society and is now con Again the people of Champi, in Nancowry evince a sidered as a sin owing to Christian influence. gaiety and cunning of port people Quite contrary to the In Chowra some religious rites are performed. The quiet happy and care-free existence of the Car Nico couple have their heads shaved off and are kept in an barese. The Teressean with his long tuft of hair and enclosed space for 7 days. They are also made to wear a nervous look is a poor specimen of humanity and can satfron cloth during the period. The husband has to be easily disowned by his tribesmen of other isIands. give dowries to the wife's people and guests make pre Chowra perhaps retains the essential Nicobarese culture sents to the couple. If they desire to start on their in its purest form, mainly due to its inhospitable coast own, parents do not object. line and aversion of the people. The superior brains, In Katchall, Nancowry and Camorta and other craftsmanship and industry of the people of this v.ery islands of the southern group, there is a sort of "com congested island have given them an easy moral ascend panionate marriage." The couple live together for so ancy over the rest. It is really the metropolis or the long as they desire and find it convenient. No malaise industrial area of Nicobars, where one would see busy is felt over divorce or desertions. On the contrary it people making clay pots, mending canoes, meeting visi is said that the prouder a woman becomes the m~re tors and treating patients. In short, it has not the numerous her husbands are. But instances are also not sleepy atmosphere of the other islands. Within the last rare of duels having been fought with quarter staves few years since Compton Mackenzie's visit, the Chow over girls. rites must have got rid of their dirt, disease and squalor. ])onwstic Life-(a) Their main vocation consists of In 1950, we saw a very healthy and industrious com plucking coconuts, up-rooting yams, collecting other munity living in clean and almost picturesque surround forest produce or fishing. This they do for several days ings. The drink evil is, however, rampant but this does on end and when they have collected enough food for not prevent Chowra's being the Holy island of the family for spme time they just give themselves away Nicobars. in swimming, wrestling and racing with canoes or feast Mention has been made by Bonnington of the past ing friends. Pinning down fish with a spear, attracting piracies of the Nicobarese. But the complete absence it by the light of flares is both a sport and an economic of any lethal weapons and the innate non-violence of activity. They loathe sustained efforts. They know the people verging almost on timidity, make it rather what leisure is and love it. difficult to believe that they adopted piracy as a pro (b) The people have so far not felt the need of fession in the past. Probably the Malayan pirates 1n money and exchange of goods is still generally effected the southern waters have been mistakenly identified by a barter system. But I am afraid the "lure of the as Nicobarese. lucre" is gradually appearing specially in Car Nicobar But instead of underlining or emphasising the and Nancowry. differences an attempt should be made to discover the (c) The population, both male and female, is very underlying unity of culture and heritage of this great fond of dyed stuff and next to their love of precious race of Indians who in course of time are bound to take metals is their liking for this material. A Nicobarese their rightful position in the body politic of the Re male will feel very proud of his red or black girdle with public. a flying tail and the female of her 'lungi' of the same stuff and blouses (whenever they wear one) of flowered designs. In Car Nicobar, of course, a majority of the VI. Cultural people have tak~n to wear clothes but the girdled man A study of the simple and natural life of the and the bare-bodied woman are still a common sight. Nicobarese from birth to death will be illuminating. In Chowra and beyond, the population have still kept Birth-During pregnancy, both man and wife are to their old tradition of "Nakkambararn" (nakedness). prohibited from doing any hard work or joining up The females of the species are normally a little shy things. Such work would cause difficult labour and of foreigners and would betake themselves to their bee probably death. In Car Nicobar each village has a hive huts and peep through the little door when stran maternity house which is used by all expectant mothers. gers are about. But in all other islands children are born in the parent's (d) Their staple diet consists of a cheese-like pulp own dwelling houses. In Car Nicobar they are gradu made by boiling coconut-kernel, pandanus, banana and ally becoming hospital-minded and deliveries in hospital yam all together and then making it 1nto a dough. are not uncommon now. In the practice of 'couvade', This can be preserved for a long time. The main basis that is the lying in of the man at the time of his wife's of this Is, of co~rse, the coconut. Besides, they would confinement, Grierson finds a confirmation of his theory oft-en have pig, chicken and fish curry. Rice is considered that the Nicobarese are of Malayan stock. It is diffi as a delicacy but thanks to Chinese smuggling, has cult to conclude from such isolated instances. In become a necessity in Nancowry. The administration Chowra the bride and bridegroom are made to wear is taking care to see that they do not get habituated snfJron cloth on the eve of their marriage-a custom to some food which they cannot produce. [Liv] APPENDIX A (e) Mention must be made of the regular and cere in a very crude fashion (by placing the kernel on a monial dances of the Nicobarese. In Car Nicobar, the platform over a sort of furnace without any controlled dance is confined to females (so far as the writer has temperature) and then bartering this copra for neces seen) who arrange themselves according to size and sities and luxuries. Both male and female take part in form a ring with a little gap in the end. A bonfire at the process and both sexes are economically active. dried coconut husks and leaves is lighted in the middle The necessity for a copra-drying plant has been felt and the whole party rhythmically describes this parted and the Government have sanctioned a loan for starting ring from one end to the other. There is hardly any one on a co-operative basis. In Car Nicobar, each accompaniment and the music is very soft and inter village has a little co-operative trading society called mittent. The entire art is in the foot-work of the "Panam Hineng" which arranges for sale of the village females. But in Great and Little Nicobars, males and produce to the authorised agents and distribution of females join hand in hand forming a complete ring and consumer goods to villagers in return. The best part of humming a moaning tune, suggestive of the sound of this trade is in the form of barter a'lthough now-a-days surf breaking on the beach. It is something like the cash payment is not very uncommon. These societies, old • Rasa' dance of India but the rhythmic movement inspired by Mr. Majid, the then Chief Commissioner is confined up to the waist only. and nursed by Shri B. N. Sharma, Assistant Commis Decked in multi-coloured but spare garments, this sioner, Nicobars, have done exceptionally well in course happy species of Home Sapiens, singing, dancing, racing, of the last three years. The total profit of these socie wrestling and then lazing away on the beach, perhaps ties during this period amounted to Rs. 1,25,231-1-0. intoxicated by the juice of their native trees, give one The people are happy, the agent is saved the bother of the impression of Tennyson's Lotus Eaters. Their life individual collection and the administration can ensure is not one mad rush for conquest of nature but a slow proper control through them. and easy· movement assimilating all the good things ot In other islands up to 1949, there was no arrange nature in the current of their life. Sustained lilbour is ment for trade and the entire volume of trade was in not undertaken as it is not needed. Nature is bountiful the hands 0'£ the Chinese from Malaya who mercilessly to them and what they can get without much exploited the people and gave them dops and drinks effort is enough and adequate. Aldous Huxley in lieu of their CODra. But the Government Agent has rightly says; "Modern man no longer regards nature as being now opened branches in all the islands of the central in any sense divine and feells perfectly free to be group and has just opened another in Kondul in Great have tow:ards her as an over-winning conqueror Nicobar. Trade is now taking proper shape. The and tyrant. The spoils of recent technological im administration has also established two police out-posts, perialism have been enormous; ...... but one at Camorta and the other at Kondul, with wireless such acts of 'hubris' directed against nature are stations to counter-act the clandestine activities of the Chinese. generally accompanied by corresponding disadvant ages. Internal trade is even more interesting. The exis Whether the net result of this elaborate debit and tence of suitable timber in Great Nicobar has resulted credit operations is a genuine progress in virtue, in the people of that island specialising in canoe-build happiness, charity and intelligence is something we ing. They supply big ocean-going canoes to all the can never definitely determine." islands. Finishing touches are given to these canoes by the expert builders of Chowra. Their superior spiritual knowledge is also utilised in the proper consecration VII. Villages of the canoe toward off evil spirits. A village is ring of huts with an open space in the • The pottery clay of Teressa is used by the potters middle, spotlessly clean and covered with sand ~rom of Chowra for making earthenware and the entire the beach. This is used for village sports, meetmgs, supply of this commodity is in their hands. The writer etc. The huts are practically devoid of any material had the opportunity of observing the dexterity with possessions but full of wooden statues and other works which the Chowra potter makes his strong and durable of art. A piece of wood, carved out on sides at regular pots, entirely without any mechanical aid like a potter's intervals to be used for foot-hold, generally serves the wheel. purpose of a ladder. The, surroundings of the village Lowis remarked in 1921 that the manufacture of are generally very clean except in Teressa and some clay cooking pots is tabooed on every island except villages of Nancowry which have a rather dirty look. Chowra, whereas the spirits have ordained that pig and When this fact was pointed out to some at the villagers certain other forms of food may be cooked only in these in Nancowry they started cleaning up and on the writer's earth pots. The Chowra people also insist on the deals next visit four months' later, the surroundings were in canoe being made through them and thus make a quite clean. Each village in Car Nicobar has an 'AI middleman's profit. panam ' 'or a guest house on the beach where travellers I would only say that if we, in the present inter may stay as long as they like as guests of the villagers. national context, adopt such a simple division of economy Chowra has a string of such • Al panams ' owing to con according to the capability of the man <\nd the produc stant pilgrimage of people of the other islands, perhaps. tivity of the land, without all nations competing in a In a vililage in Car Nicobar was seen a communal kit technological race to produce things which are not in chen where women of every household cook in turn and 'the whole community mess together. This is not their line-much of our troubles would be resolved. I common in other islands, perhaps. don't think the Chowraman charges the others for any unproductive labour. As said before, the canoe is defi nitely attended to and given finishing touches. It is VIII. Production and Trade not a mere observance of a ritual of consecration. It is The economic activity of this community consists in also common knowledge that cooking in earthen pots is the simple vocation of attending to coconut groves and more hygienic than in other metallic or chemical utensils growing yams, plucking the fruits and drying coconuts which in any case could not have been available to them. [LV) APPENDIX A IX. Tribal Laws private ownership in the Central group and Chowra. Sir Richard Temple's description that "Government In Car Nicobar, land is owned by a family of land is in fact si'l1pJe democracy bound by custom" still holds lords but is never let out to others on rent. The owner true. allows the use of the land to the whole village for the " ...... no name of 1\ iagistrate, benefit of the entire community. Each individual family Letters should not be known; riches. poverty will have its coconut plantation on the landlord's land, And use of service none; contract, succession, the plantation being held by the family as a unit and Bourn, bound of land, tilth, vineyard none; not by individual members. The only liability of the No use of metal, corn, wine or oil;" (Tempest) user is occasional contributions in kind to some feasts or almost typifies the organisation of Nicobarese society. other celebrations if required. No p:.lrticular member Certain anti-social activities like theft, falsehood, of the family has a right to alienate any of the trees. adultery, homicidal proclivity, incurable disease, etc., It is only with the consent of the whole family and that were punishable with death according to local custom. of the landlord that trees can be sold to outsiders and This has been termed by foreigners as " devil murders ". that also not for cash but for pigs or other commodities But these are nothing but execution of sentences passed for which the family may be in immediate need. Demar according to customary law. One Pa-Tun Sah, however, cation of plantations is made by a peculiar system of realised the evil effects of this practice on the growth juxta-position of the trees or by girdling them. There of population and replaced it by the present system of has never been a dispute and the system is working very fines in pigs. This is also banned under Government satisfactorily for all these years without State interfer orders. Two instances of so-called "devil murders" ence. Although the size of a plantation may vary from have, however, been recently reported from Chowra. family to family, on account of lack of man power or Below is an extract from Tour Diary of Shri A. K. Ghosh, laziness of a particular family, .there is no stratification I.C.S., Chief Commissioner, Andaman and Nicobar of society on an economic basis. Islands, regarding these incidents:- In Katchall and Nancowry and other islands of the "Made enqUlfles about some so-called ritual central group land is held on an individual basis. In murders reported to have taken place some months heritance is in equal shares by all the surviving children ago. The headman admitted that there had been of a deceased person, the widow living with the eldest two such cases-one man and one oldish woman. issue. This has resulted in a good deal of fragmenta He stated that both were in the habit of stealing tion of holdings. On an average, each family now poultry, pigs, fruits, and coconuts from their neigh possesses about 2,000 coconut trees and that also in bours, and were good for nothing. They were fur various areas away from the homestead. This has re ther suspected of practising witchcraft. They had sulted in the reduction of assets and consequent poverty. therefore been done away with. I found no signs of The administration should now encourage the establish any terror amongst the people: they certainly did ment of new plantations. There was a likelihood vf not appear to be living in dread of being put to some dispute about usufruct of the plantation in the un death any moment, as reported. No effort need be inhabited island of Telenchang. Enquiries revealed that made to investigate these two murders, or to bring these plantations were in the old days Jeft in char_ge of to justice the offenders, since such efforts are bound the Captains of Kakana and Trinkat who allowed the to lead to failure. And in any case elimination of use of fruits to other villages in turn. I have now order parasites on society is quite understandable in a ed that this old practice should continue and only the place like Chowra where the villa.gers have little inhabitants of Nancowry, Camorta and Trinkat should chance of recourse to the law. From time immemo be allowed the use of the plantation in turns. This rial they must have destroyed such parasites; and order was received very well by them. I fancy toat they consider that they have done no In Great Nicobar and Kondul, all plantations are wrong in killing these two people. The villagers communally owned. There is considerable abandoned and the headman were, however, warned not to plantation on the slopes of this extensive island and the take the law into their own hands in future. If ever iittle community of 208 souls enjoy the usufruct on a they have cause to complain against their neighbour communal basis. they must either send him to the Assistant Commis The State makes no direct levy for the possession of sioner, Car Nicobar, or send information to this lands in this _group of islands, but the imposition of officer who will then visit Chowra and settle the royalty on export trade acts 3.5 indirect taxation. matter on the spot. They appeared to understand XI. Social Life what is required, and agreed to conform in future". The pivot of social life is perhaps feasting. Apart This simple system of fines in kind and use of the from ossuary rites to be described later, feasts are held big stick has been given statutory recognition in the on various other occasions, the two most important of Andaman and Nicobar Regulation and unless the case is which are: of a serious nature or the person concerned is a habitual (1) KA-NA-HA-UN: This is done in rotation in offender, cases do not. come to court. The Assistant each village of Car Nicobar where practically Commissioner is, of course, informed of all offences com the whole population collect and _give themselves mitted and punishment inflicted by the community. This away in a big feast on a contribution basis. is going on very well. Crimes are few and far between This is purely a social affair and has no reli and no change is indicated. gious significance attached to it. Civil disputes do not exist, thanks to the simple but (2) CANOE FEAST: Canoes are all consecrated at effective land tenure system and the prevalence of Chowra and when brought to Car Nicobar offer barter system in trade which is directly controlled by ings are given to the good spirit guiding them Government. All tribal justice is in the hands of the at regular intervals. . village captains and some elders, recognised by Govern For some time orior to the feast, specially selected ment and very helpful to the administration. pigs are penned in -a small enclosure in Dutch style, to X. I"and Tenure System put their mettle up, so that on the day of the feast they The system varies from a quasi-feudalism in Car ('an put up a good fight before slaughter. After NicolJar to communal ownership in Great Nicobar with slaughter, the more important people smear their bodies [JNiJ APPENDIX A with pigs' blood. Then takes place the communal danc (3) Self-help-In a bunch they do not want any free ing and singing which goes on till late hours u be assistance from Government. If the village road is bad, followed by the actual feasts. At Little Nicobar we they repair it on their own without waiting for the State happened to be present on a feast deW and noticed troop:, to do it. When a suggestion was made to give Hindi of people, coming in carrying their own rations in beauti Primers free to the School children, the headmen of fully made cane baokets and other receptacles. The ide: Car Nicobar in a body refused the offer with thanks and is not to burden one pnrticular villa.ge or individu91. wanted to pay for them. They seem to have their tribal rationing laws. Tholr (4) Although the people are not generally keen :m whole social life has a co-operative basis. storing material possessions they show a great passion Catwp race--Very often when people have leisure ill for silver and gold-this is specially noticeable in Chowra a village or something important has happened, tf''':,' and the southern and central group of islands. Gold and bring their canoes down from the beach and rig them silver ornaments are worn with great pride by females. out ;:md have canoe races. I have often watched with The Chowra Treasure House the writer saw must be great interest and pleasure their races in Car Nicobar. holding within its dark interior accumulation of silver The two competing parties will strain their very best but articles\ of ages. Silver forks, spoons, etc., are quite as soon as they reach their destination the canoe ahead eagerly accepted as price of canoes the Great Nicobarese relaxes so that b8th arrive simultaneously. Their spott make. is also co-operative and not competitive. They take to (5) They are ostensibly mechanically minded. The it for enjoyment and not for winning. It should be number of trucks left by the Japanese in a state of dis mentioned in this connection that these people are excel repair was done up and used by the villagers. A little lent navigators, negotiRting rough open seas without any training makes a Nicobarese capable of running a aid and almost always with success. A Car Nicobarese machine. youth is not considered mature till he has visited Chowra all by himself in his canoe. Their navigational ability XIII. Religion and efficiency would make the Nicobars a good recruiting Barring the 6,000 Christians and a few Muslims, the ground for our ~avy. rest of the Nicobarese do not profess any recognised reli "Vrestiing-The same is true of wrestling. Often gion and in this census their religion has been recorded one would notice pairs wrestling on the beach but never as "NIL "-They certainly are not "Animists" in the is an attempt made to lay one decisively low. sense that they attribute life to inanimate things or It is remarkable that their entire social life is guided worship stock~ and stones. So far as I could gather, by a spirit of genuine enjoyment, even the slaughter of they believe in "MA-ALA-HA" (literally Lord of the the pig is in the nature of sport. flesh), a spirit that informs the human body. At the time of death this spirit leaves the body and goes to the XII. PsycholQgical Traits Spirit World. Some spirits called" SIA" are bad and (1) Non-violence-Personal violence in revenge is cause ills. The Nicobarese live in the way of nature and a111'1Ost unknown. Violence is resorted to only when the in perfect happiness and it is only when something un birch is used to delinquents for" putting in a little sense natural like disease or accident takes place that they in him" (thora akka! de deta). Quite recently, a servant invoke the' MA-ALA-HA' to drive away the' SIA', the of a very respectable citizen committed a heinous offence cause of all sufferings. At that time they shave their against his master. Instead of chastising the servant, heads and 8ttempt to drive away the 'SIA' by flares. the master smashed up his own best canoes, killed his It is thus clear tha~ they are not' Animists.' Although pigs and destroyed his other property 10 li:ive vent to this faith of theirs cannot be called theistic, it is certain his feelings. It is almost like righting a wrong by self ly tr"msc€ndental and non-materialistic. It also reve::;ls mortification and non-attachment. their conception of a life beyond though not in a verv When the Japanese were in occupation, threats, developed form. coercings, severe corporal punishment, starvation and The rapid and effectNe spread of Christianity is due even shooting down of people could not obtain the co to operation of this little community of people. They had (a) their normally Christian way of life, their bodies for forced labour but not their souls for (b) the absence of any "ttempt by the Mission to volunt<'lry assistance. denationalise them; Bishop John Richardson is This ::lmazing psychological trait must have a pro a Nicobarese first and a Christian afterwards. found religious basis which it will be worthwhile to (c) the extreme solicitude of this Nicobarese Padre discover. (Richardson) for the welfare of the people. (2) Co-opeJ'ution-Co-operation and not competition informs their domestic, economic and social life. As But this conversion has hardly affected the norme,l alre"dy stated, even the land is held by the landlord for social life of the community. the welfare of his little rural community. The writer The little Muslim community lost its head a little, has seen a howling baby being fed by another wet owing to the presence of a few half-breeds and consider woman, not its mother. The communal kitchen of Car ed themselves suoerior to the Nicobarese whom th'2Y Nicobar villages has already been described. No one called 'jungli'. But tactful handling by the Adminis may pass a plantation without partaking of a fruit from tration has effaced that complex cmd they are also inte there and residents of an " Al Panam " are guests of the grated in the social structure of the people. village. No wonder that the little co-operative sale societies are thriving so well. "All things in common nature should prOduce Without sweet or endeavour, treason, fe:ony, XIV. Taboos Sword, pike, knife, gun, or need of any engine, In common with "ll societies, civilized or primitiv2, Would I not. have; but nature should bringforth the Nicobarese do have some superstHions prohibiting Of its own kind, all foison, all abundance, eating of certain types of food on certain occasions, barr To fced my innocent people." (Tempest.) ing certain actions for certain purposes, enjoining obser This is almost true of the Nicobars and the Nicobarese. vance of certain rites on certain occasions. But some [Lvii] 17 HOME/54 8 APPENDIX A symbols which have been described as 'taboos' are not No undue criticism of the sign posts on that way is really meant to be so. For example, either necessary or called for. They have not certainly (a) placing a string of dried coconut shells on a sort confused these sign posts with their destination. of scaffold in a plantation indicates that the plantation is young and fruits should net be XV. Witch Craft plucked, The writer had personal contact with the head witch (b) hanging pigs' skulls in front of a hut signifies the prosperity of the owner-the larger the doctor of Chowra in March last year and below is an excerpt [rom his tour notes:- number of such skulls the better is his economic "The Captain who is supposed to be the biggest condition, wizard told me that he does not pretend to be (c) the large number of wooden statues found inside a doctor or anything but knows certain herbs and the dwelling house are in respectful memory of oils which he has found useful in alleviation of dead ancestors, human suffering. He would not certainly mind (d) the Henta Koi-often quite large wooden repre having a doctor in the island and would very sentations of men and animals Cere, as far as I much welcome the establishment of a school. This could gather, only decorations. These are very alone shows that he does not want to keep t.he common in the central and southern groups and place under the dark curtain of magic." give an idea of the excellent craftsmanship of the people. That these are not any scare-devils Again in November that year he met the lone wizard is apparent from the fact that in the little of Dring, living all by himself in a little hamlet near hamlet of Chinge in Great Nicobar was found Expedition Harbour in Camorta Island. He said he is an excellent model of an aeroplane with pro an ordinary man and obtained the knowledge of the pellors complete made by a little boy who had curative effect of some herbs in a succession of trances seen only planes flying to Singapore. This was he had. He practices his art out of his love for humanity not certainly meant to be a scare-devil, and is always thinking of God. Bodily diseases are the (e) the Hentas, also common in the central and creation of the Evil Spirit while 'MA-ALA-HA' (the soul) southern islands, are artistic expression of the is God's direct concern. No cure can be effected unless people's conception of the Universe, painted On Fate has decreed it. He has no illusion about the infalli areca spathe. The top third depicts the Sun, bility of his treatment. This almost sounds like religious Moon and Stars, the middle third, a beehive hut, experience and belief in the Karmic laws. He was a coconut palms and bananas, chicken, pigs and the big hulk of a man, of a glowing yellow complexion, blind lower third' canoes and marine life, on and of one eye with a merry twinkle in the other, very proud under rippling water, with a man and a woman of his red loin cloth with a bi~ flying tail and seemed in the centre. Almost in every house in KatchaU, to be having the laugh over the writer and other officers Nancowry and Kondul, these were in evidence. of LN.S. "AVENGER" who clicked their cameras at These are perhaps kept near sick-bed (although him. the writer has no personal experience of it). Further enquiries revealed that a sick man is fir~t Works of art certainly do have a great psycho treated with herbs and oils. If that fails he is imtiated logical effect when the body is in pain. to wizardry. He is decorated with silver ornaments and (f) Automatic bull-roarers-Found in the central people dance round him all through the night till he group. Dr. Hutton's description of these is very gets initiated. He is then taught the art of curing him precise and is quoted below:- self and others. "They are formed of a narrow plant to which So far as I could see this is mostly a question of faith. a slight screw effect has been given by twist I also had reports of how the witch doctors by sleight of ing and cutting so that they revolve in the their hands remove foreign matter like stones, etc., wind about a central pin. At each end of the from the bodies of sick persons which, they say, cause plank and facing in opposite directions is u illness. All this is done during dark nights and nobody node of bamboo the open end of which lS is allowed to see. Sometimes even actual blood is partly blocked with rubber or wax. The drawn out but very few people have knowledge of the result is that the revolving wood produces a method adopted. very deep and loud booming noise identical It is apparent that there is a strong element of faith with that produced by a bull-roarer". involved in this but in the ultimate analysis aU cures But his impression about the significdm:e of this is are faith cures. Patients would go on wearing garlands wrong. Both at Katchall and Nancowry it was reported of banana and other leaves or certp.:n corals and shells that these are put up in the first wec~k of November to consecrated by the doctor and bear their suffering with indi.cate the change over from the South-west to the good cheer and patience. North-east monsoon ~1nd are a sort of Warning for navi Whether spell or prayer, magic or religion, this has gators. These, of course, are put up with certain cere ~tood the test of centuries and the followers are none monial rites, the weather playing a most important part the worse for it. The writer's brief contact precludes the on the life of these maritime people. This is their greet possibility of a precise opinion, but it seems that these ing to the incoming monsoon and farewell to the out , wizards' are quite capable of psycho-analysis. going. . Undoubtedly the Nicobarese do believe that anything XVI. Death that is ag,linst nature both internal and external, is evil This seems to be the most important event in the life and he makes many :1ttempts in his simple and unsophis of a Nicobarese. The funeral rites consist of strappin" ticated way to keep this evil 01I. But is not the highest the corpse with several yards of cloth on a Wooden ba~ moral ,md religious effort of the madern man inspired to keep the body straight. A portion is kept open neelr by the same objective? The way of life that C8n pro the heart to allow the' MA-ALA-HA' to go out of the duce such healthy hony, huoyant spirit, soC'ial fniternity, body. The corpse is the~1 put in a new coffin ,md buried and keep away fraft and grab, falsehood and deceit, with gifts. The size of the gift represents the degree of is certainly informed by something effectively spiritual. grief. In all other islands except Chowra, dead bodies [Lviii] are exhumed after 7 days while in Chowra, if the de employ, .gave a very poor account of themselves exploit ceased is an ordinary person, after 3 days while in other ing the~ simple people under protection of the British cases after 7 days. It is then tied up to a bar and put on bayonet taking unusual liberties with their womenfolk, a scaffold about 4' high near the beach to decompose. and lea ing half-breeds and dEserted wives, as a burden Children are not buried but taken to jungles and lefe to the native community and treating the Nicobarese on a scaffold in the same way. Very often the skulls with no consideration at all. To an essentially insular are taken away and preserved for family worship. In people with an instinctive aversion for foreigners, such one island I saw an effigy of a dead person with a skull, conduct was loathsome and produced a strong suspi rigged out in trousers, a black coat and a top hat. This cion of our bona fides. is always followed up by a feast. In some islands, the The effort of the present administration is to show exhumation takes place only when the family is in a (lIe best side of our culture and treat them as free citi position to commemmorate the death by big feasts which zens of the Republic. may be between 2 or 3 years after the death. In Katchall, I found a recent grave most artistically decQ The despatch of medical assistance by air when Car rated with an effigy fully dressed up and bunches of Nicobar was ill the grip of poliomyelitis in 1947-48 by bananas, coconuts, etc. strung around with a decorative 'the Government has been very much appreciated by the effect. In every house there are effigies of dead persons Car Nicobarese. Although 225 lives have been lc3t, which are worshipped. It may safely be said that 7i1e thanks to the prompt medical help 403 have been saved Nicobarese are ancestor worshippers. ~'nd the spread of the disease arrested. The idea underlying the placing of all the personal A strict control of the export trade, periodical property of the deceased on the ji(rave (a practice noticed ihcrease of the exchange rate of copra according to fluc even amongst Christians of Nancowry) is to obviate dis tuations of prices in the mainland, control of prices of putes amongst heirs, a very effective method of securing ~onsumer's goods and establishment of rural co-opera family tranquility indeed. This is reminiscent of ~he tive trading societies have also captured their imagin:l practice prevalent among the Ranas of Nepal. In lion. It is refrefhing to hear expressions of gratitude Chowra, however, precious metals belonging to the de from these normally reticent people over this action of ceased are kept in a treasure house, which has family the State. collections of ages, perhaps, and which is very closely The efforts of the present Assistant Commissioner, guarded. Shri B. N. Sharma, in propagating Indian culture by stag The comparative permanence of human vones has ing stories of Indian epics by local talent, printing of perhaps been the occasional cause of the ossuary prac Nicobarese primers in Hindi script and writing Hindi tices of all primitive people. Although death parts they primers suited to local needs, coupled with his solicitude perhaps get a psychological satisfaction by keeping a for their general :welfare are gradually bringing them portion of the material body of the beloved deceased. closer to us and greetings of 'J ai Hind' and singing of Inspite of impact of foreigners on various occasions, National Anthem in Schools have become quite common. the main life current of this ancient little community has There is naturally a great keenness for advancement flowed on without any remarkable change for all these of education and medical facilities in all the islands. thousands of years. Here also time has had a stop. I Even the Captain of Chowra asked for a school and dis Deep down in this current must be some essential sus pensary in that island. The administration must arrange taining element which has kept it straight in its course, for this and thus forge the ties of friendship and unity. which modern mind perhaps fails to discover and brands the outer layer of their culture as ignorant supersti s. K. GUPTA, tion. PORT BLAIR, Superintendent of Census Operations. XVII. Past Relations and Present Tendencies 23rd March, 1951. Andaman & Nicobar Islands. Indians, in the past, both in trade and Government [Lix] APPENDIX B Programme 12th April, 1948 Receipt of copy of letter No. Y /4- pads, forms for National Regis Census, dated the 22nd January, leI' of Citizens, forms for enu 1948 from M. W. W. M. Yeatts, merator's abstracts and provi Esquire, C.S.I., C.I.E., I.C.S., sional popUlation totals by Census Commissioner 10r India. house-lists to the Charge Officers. From April, 19415 House-numbering by revenue stall' Proper receipts obtained. The to December. 1948 in revenue areas, by forest de location code in the pads should partment officials in forests oe completed up 10 the second camps and by the Assistant element. Commissioner, Nicobars, in res 19th J auuary, 1951 . Personal instructions by the pect of Car Nicobar and Chowra. Superintendent of Census ,July, 1949 to August, House-numbering in Teressa, West Operations to the census siaH 1949 Katchall, East Katchall, Nan- of the head-quarters area of the cowry, Trinkat and Camorta by Andamans group. teachers of Car Nicobar Schools 20th January, 1951 . Distribution by Charge Officers of and Captains of Car Nicobar. enumeration pads, forms for March, 1950 House-numbering in Little Nicobar, National Register of Citizens, Kondul and Great Nicobar by iorms of enumerator's abstracts Captains of Car Nicobar. LO the Supervisors. Proper re It was most refreshing to see that ceipts should be obtained. The even a lonely hut in the farthest location code in the pads should island of Great Nicobar was oe completed up to the third numbered. element. Marc;1, 1950 to Octo Receipt of certificates in respect 21st January, 1951 Personal instructions by the ber, 1950 of house·lists from the revenue Superintendent of Census staff, from forest department Operations to all the census stafI and the Assistant Commissioner, of the Wimberleygunj Forest Nicobars . Division and some staff of the .Tune, 1950 Compilation of instructions to the Aberdeen Tehsil. Census staff and printing cf 23rd January, 1951 . Personal instructions by the booklet "Census, 1951-Anda Superintendent of Census Opera man and Nicobar Islands." tions to all the census staff of July. 1950 to Febru Appointment of Charge Officers, the Wimberleygunj Circle of the ary, 1951 :SupervIsors and Enumerators Wimberleygunj Tehsil. Ior the 1951 Census Operations. 25th January, 1951 . Personal instructions by the Super 19th July, 1950 Personal instructions by the intendent of Census Operations Superintendent of Census Opera to some of the census stafI of tions to the Nicobar Census the Aberdeen Tehsil. Staff. 27th January, 1951 . Personal instructions by the 10th October, 1950 . Personal instructions by the Superintendent of Census Superintendent ;)1 Census Opera Operations to all the census tions to the Charge Officers, staii of the Mithakhari Circle Supervisors of the Andamans of the Wimberleygunj Tehsil. Group. 4th February, 1951 . Distribution by Supervisors of enumeration pads, forms for 15th October, 1950 . Personal instructions by the Super National Register of Citizens intendent of Census Operations and forms for enumerator's to the Charge Officers, Super abstracts to the enumerators. visors and Enumerators of the Proper receipts should be Andamans Group. obtained. 31st October, 1950 Personal instructions by the Super 9th February, 1951 Enumeration. intendent of Census Operations to 28th February, to the Car Nicobar Census StafI. 1951 3rd November, 1950 Personal instructions by the Super 1st March, 1951 to Check by Government Officers, intendent of Census Operations :3rd March, ]951 Supervisors, and Charge Officers. to the Enumerators of Nan -1 th March, ]951 Supervisors 10 meet the enumera cowry, Camorta and Trinkat tors at a place and time to be islands. fixed by them and collect the enumeration pads, National Re 13th ,.f:.nuary, 1951 . Personal instructions by the gister of Citizens and Enumera Superintendent of Census Open tor's Abstracts. Supervisors tions to the ChClrge Officer and should give proper receipts to Enumerators of Middle Anda the Enumerators and inform the mans group. circle totals to the Charge 15th January, 1951 Distribution by Census Superb Officers concerned, collected tendent's Office of enumeration from the enumerator's abstract. [LX] APPENDIX B 5th March, 1951 Charge Officers to give their Citizens village-wise, and then charge totals to the Superinten submit to the Charge Officer dent. In outlying areas, the in concerned. Proper receipts formation should be sent by should be obtained from the wireless. Charge Officers. 6th March, 1951 Census Superintendent sends tele gram to Delhi about the provi 15th March, 1951 Charge Officers should submit all sional totals. their papers to the Deputy 8th March, Hl51 Supervisors should arrange the Superintendent-proper receipts enumeration pads with abstracts should be obtained from the and National Register of Deputy Superintendent. [Lxi] APPENDIX C The Andaman Forests and their Development By SHRI B. S. CHENGAPA, Conservator, Working Plans, Port Blair, Andaman The Forests 12. Lal Dhup (Parishia insignis). Except for 50 or 60 square miles cleared for the 13. Marblewood (Diospyros mal'morata). settlement in the vicinity of Port Blair, parts of Cinque 14. Sea Mohwa (Mimusops litteralis). Islands. and a few hill tops, the whole 2rea is covered 15. Hill Mohwa (Bassia butyracea). with a luxuriant growth of tropical jungle rarely found 16. Lambapathi (Sideroxylon longipetiolatum). elsewhere. 17. Lalchini (A moora wallichii). The main types of forests are: 18. Lalchini (CalophyHum sectabile). I. Mangrove forests. 19. Gangaw (M esua ferrea). 2. Beach forests, 20. Yenma-bin (Chukrasia tabularis). 3. Low level evergreen forests, All these timber species ape now greatly in demand 4. Deciduous and Semi-deciduous forests. for various purposes, viz., as construction wood, Match The forest types in these Islands depend almost en wood, plywood and as packing case wood. Padauk 1S, tirely on the underlying soil and rock formation for in fact, the only Indian wood that equals the standard their distribution. timber, teak, in every respect and beats it in some The mangrove forest type is a class distinct by itself respects. It is, however, slightly heavier than teak. and can be easily separated from other types. Like teak, Padauk is one of the best general utility These Iorests are found in nearly all areas inundated timbers. by high tide but sheltered from the force of monsoon These islands have some of the world's best decora winds and waves. They occupy usually both sides of tive timbers in Padauk (Pterocarpus dalbergioides), creeks and estuaries, in belts, varying from a few yards White Chuglam-Silvergrey (Terminalia bialata), to over a mile in width. Yenmabin-Chickrassy (Chukrasia tabularis), Koko The species of importance in this type are Bruguiera (Albizzia lebbek) and Marblewood (Diospyros menno gymJ10rhiza and Rhizophers conjugata and mucronata. rata). The Bruguiera grows more or less pure and attains a height of 70 to 80 ft. and a girth of 5 ft .. It is estimated Resources of Timber that these mangrove forests can produce at least 30 to 40,000 poles per year. These are now greatly in demand Though these forests are very dense, the proportion as transmission poles. A few were sold recently at Re. 1 of really valuable species is very small and they are per rft. for poles 25 ft. or more in length C.I.F. Madras. found scattered as a useless crop all over the area. However for want of extraction equipments, even an Recent clear fellings have shown that very rarely is order for 1,000 poles from Mysore Government could not the yield of merchantable timber more than 15 tons per be accepted. acre. The other two species of Rhizophoras do not produce Inspite of the poorly stocked forests, it is estimated poles but are excellent as firewood and is considered that the sustained or perpetual yield for these forests next best to coal by the crew of Steam launches. As is about 1,35,000 tons per year. But with the present firewood, it is estimated that about 160 tons of this method of regeneration, actually 'One of the greatest species is available per acre. achievements in Indian Forestry,' the yield per acre in About 200 square miles are occupied by mangrove the future crop will be about 75 tons, i.e., 5 times. The forests. future yield, if the forests are wisely worked, will be The other three types, viz. (1) Beach forests, (2) Low 6,75,000 tons per year and with the present method of level evergreen forests, (3) Deciduous and Semi-deci timber extraction by short elephant operated tramlines duous forests, merge into one another imperceptibly and also are the greatest achievements in Indian Forestry, cannot be separated easily. Some species are common everything can be extracted on a profitable basis. to all the three types. They are, therefore, considered Roughly, the quantity of timber that will become as one type for purposes of this note. available per year (they will vary from year to year) The most important species in this group are:- will be as shown below:- 1. Padauk (Pterocarpus dalbergioides). Tons 2. Gurjan (Dipterocarpus spp.). 1. Padauk 7,000 3. White Dhup (Canarium euphyHum). 4. Papita (Sterculia campanulata). 2. Gurjan 28,000 Others of importance and now classed as miscella- 3. White Dhup 21,000 neous species are:- 4. Papita 28,000 1. Koko (Albizzia lebbok). 5. Koko 500 2. White Chuglam (Terminalia bialata). 6. White Chuglam 7,000 3. Black Chuglam (Terminalia manii). 7. Black Chuglam 2,500 4.'pyinma (Lagerstroemia hypoleuce). 8. Pyinma 1,500 5, Badam (Terminalia procera). 6. Didu (Bombax insigne). 9. Badam 11,000 7. Toungpsing (Artocarpus chaplasha). 10. Didu 7,000 8. Lakuch (Arteea rpus gomeziana). 11. Others 14,000 9. Thing:m (Hopea oderate). 10. Ywegi (Adenanthera pavonina). In addition to this, there are at least 30,000 mangrove 11. Lal Bomi;wn (Planchonia andmanica). poles per year suitable for use as transmission poles. [Lxii] APPENDIX C Timber Exploitation (b) Regeneration in forests until 1934-35 was mainly artificial and was costly and not always successful and (i) Genm'al-These islands have a number of well the al'ea planted was rarely more than 100 acres per sheltered harbours and numerous tidal creeks, running year. Exploitation fellings traversed over many square many miles inland, cutting up the islands into small miles a year. This was thus pure and simple lumbering area. These creeks serve as very useful and cheap and not scientific forestry. There was, therefore, no pro waterways for inspections and for exploitation of gress at all and the forests were fast being replaced with timber. It is also, perhaps, one of the easiest places for worthless species. timber extraction in the world. It is however important that an intimate knowledge of local conditions is abso lutely essential to make timber exploitation a success. (iii) Removal of the Limiting Factors Forest exploitation may be said to have begun by (a) Tilnbei' extraction nwthod,>; -In 1932, an experi Government flgency from 1858, with ihe establishment mental tramline was bl'ilt in Rangat. The novel feature of the Penal settlement. Until 1870 however, Burm:J. introduced in the construction of this line was that it teak was imported for all substantial buildings, and the was confined to a valley, avoided all big cuttings and local timber was considered useless. In fact, until 1929 fillings and was graded downhill. Elephants were train Dhup and Papita, now most valuable as Matchwood, ed to load, transport and unload a log train. As some were being thrown away after making use of them as officers ca~led it, it proved a ' Columbus egg' and render floats to raft sinker logs. In 1883, a Forest Officer was ed all the former inaccessible areas accessible for deputed from India and a Forest Division was formed. economic exploitation. After a further careful exami From the very beginning, these forests have bee~1 nation it Vv3S found that these forests could yield 1,35,000 worked by departmental agency. A "mall saw-mill tons of timber per year against a bare 57,000 tons pres erected by the Public Works Department was in opera cribed in the Working Plan in 1936 (the Working Plan tion but was cutting timber mostly for their own use. was prepared before this tramway system was deve Hand sawing in the forest was also done for cutting loped). sleepers and Padauk poles for the Indian Telegraph (b) Regenm'ntioll 'l'fwthods-The regeneration problem Department. Export was about 400 to 500 tons of timber -,vas also solved in 1932 though it was perfected in 19313- per year. Elephants and also buffaloes were dragging 37. According to this method, the old crop is removed timber from stump site. But buffaloes were soon found in two or more successive fellings, allowing nature to do unsuitable except for small timber and these are few. the sowing. The resulting crop is tended for two or Therefore, elephants became the main-stay. three years. The results are amazingly good everywhere In 1915, this mill was closed and a new mill capable and .the cost of such operation was about Rs. 20 to Rs. 25 of a monthly output of 750 tons in squares and scant (prewar) against Rs. 150 to Rs. 200 (prewar) per acre lings was erected by the Forest Department. A second for plantations of indifferent success. The areas dealt mill, an American circular mill, was erected in Chatham with rose to 1,500 to 2,000 acres per year against 100 in 1927. acres of plantations per year and about 3,000 acres of In 1915, a new division was formed with headquarters plantations in all in 60 years. at Mayabandar, Stewart Sound, called North Andnman Division. A.n American handmill was (Tected at this (iv) Results of the Removal of these Limitations place in 1925. The mill gave endless troubles for want Because of these limitations, the Department had of expert supervision which was difficult to secure. many ups and downs and the financial position caused The division itself was not a financial success for want great anxiety. For 10 years, from 1919 to 1929 the period of better sales organization which was difficult to obtain of an attempt at expansion and development, it showed under Government A.gency, greatly hampered by rules continuous loss. From 1869 to 1933, i.e., in 66 years, the and regulations. The mill and the new division were net surplus amounted to only Rs. 36,00,000. closed down in 19:n. The mill was later sold in 1941 The results of these two innovations have revolu to a timber firm in Burma (Messrs. Steel Brothers). tionized the outlook and the management of these forests. The annual yield is now 1,35,000 tons and this quantity can be taken without any fear, because the problem of (ii) Past Limitations regeneration is also solved. These forests can, therefore, Up to 1934 or 1935, there were two great limiting be safely worked up to their maximum capacity, main factors in the development of the Andaman Forest taining at the same time their maximum productive Department. They are:- capacity. The productive capacity of these forests based (1) Extraction of timber. (2) Regeneration of forests. on the results of regeneration so far obtained is about (a) Extraction of timber was by means of elephants 6,75,000 tons of timber per year on a modest estimate. except in the case of Padauk; it did not pay to extract The area needed to maintain a perpetual yield of 1,35,000 timber from more than half a mile from any rafting tons per year, is only about 750 sq. miles in all. Forestry, point. Therefore, not more than 500 square miles of as developed at present, will therefore make the balance forests out of a total area of 2408 square miles of about 1,700 sq. miles of these islands available for (area of Andaman Islands) were considered accessible for cultivation and other purposes. However, in view of the economic exploitation. Costly tramlines were built, enormous shortage of timber in India and elsewhere, and skidders and tramlines under American experts were as these islands are an important reservoir of timber tried and several Ie khs of rupees were ,pent trying 10 wealth, it has been decided to set apart 300 sq. miles solve timber extraction problems. All these proved only, mostly level and undulating land, for immediate costly f<1ilures and were abandoned. Interior areR, cultivation. thereforo, remained inaccessible and the Working Plan It is gratifying to note that the Japanese did not do prep' ired in 1936 prescribed an annual yield of only any damage to these forests during their occupation from 57,000 tons of timber for the whole of the Andamctll 1942-45 though they did work these forests on a small forests. The coastal ,']reas were getting exhausted, nnd scale taking out mostly softwoods. Their favourite wood therefore, the maximum quantity of timber ever ex was Bakota (Endospermum malaccense). After re-oecu tracted rarely exceeded 35,000 tons per year though there pation, though the Department had to be built up again, were more than 100 elephants on the roll. because the sawmill had been completely annihilated by [Lxiii] APPENDIX C allied bombing, the export of timber has risen up to Papita measured and counted in 1924-34, have now dis about 55,000 tons mostly in round logs and the surplus appeared, died and decayed. It is, therefore, impera revenue in 6 years from 1945 to j 951 is about tive and urgent that these forests should be worked to Rs. 25,00,000. The estimated surplus revenue for 1951- their full capacity as early as possible if this colossal 52 is about Rs. 25,000. This is for South Andaman alone. waste of national wealth should be stopped. There is one small sawmill capable of handling about 2.000 tons of timber per year. This was built of what r~mained of two prewar mills that were blasted by (v) Further Limitations allied bombing. A new American handmill, capable of The Forest Department has now all jh2 experience handling about 30,000 tons per year is, in the process needed to tackle timber exploitation and to build up these of erection at Chatham, Port Blair. forests. It can realise. and solve all problems that may Attempts were made in 1906, in 1914 and again in arise in the course of timber exploitation quicker and 1929, to lease these forests to private enterprise for com easier than any timber firm can dream of. A Working mercial exploitation. These attempts failed mostly be Plan aiming at an exploitation of 1,35,000 tons of timber cause of these limitations. Departmental operations and regeneration of 6,000 acres per year is under pre have, therefore, continued up to date. Recent attempts paration. Three Divisions will soon oe formed Wit:l have met with success and the North Andamans group Headquarters at Mayabandar, Stewart Sound, Long or is now under lease to Mr. Ray of Bengal for a minimum Passage island, Middle Andaman and Wimberleygunj or royalty of Rs. 50,00,000. This firm is expected to ex Port Blair, South Andaman. Sales agency has also been tract 75,00,000 tons of timber per year. organized on right lines by opening departmental sales Failul'e to -W01'k the forests full!1 and its l'esults -It Depots in Calcutta and Madrasl. There is, however, one is the law of nature, that increment put on in a forest problem still to be tackled, and that is, the system of crop is balanced by decrement that goes in the shape control. Unless the local officers, viz., the Chief Com of deterioration, death and decay. In scientific forestry, missioner and the Chief Conservator of Forests are it is this equivalent of such increment, that is utilized, given more powers as regards purchase of equipment by removing mature and overmature trees before they and stores and in every other way, rapid progress can die and decay, paying due attention to the raising and never be achieved. If this is not possible, the only alter tending of young plants of desired species. The annual native for rapid progress is to lease the forests to private increment in these forests is about 1,35,000 tons and our enterprise for timber exploitation, the Forest Depart maximum extraction is now about 50,000 tons. There ment exercising only a control over this exploitation and fore, the annual waste or loss is at least 85,000 tons, be attending to the proper maintenance of these forests. cause of our failure to work these forests to their full The market rates for timber are now very high. If capacity. At only Rs. 50 per ton net profit, the State it is assumed that an average net profit of only Rs. 50 is losing about Rs. 30,00,000 per year. This is apart per ton can be made, these forests should give an annual from the loss of 85,000 tons of timber that die and decay, net surplus of at least Rs. 65,00,000 per year, if they are which, otherwise, would have gone to build houses in worked properly and to their full capacity. It will also India, and to earn dollars and sterlings from abroad. An then become a very valuable growing asset of Ih2 additional loss is that there are unmistakable signs in Andaman Islands with the annual yield gradually rising these forests that the young crop that is replacing the from 1,35,000 tons to 6,75,000 tons, yielding under the dead and decaying trees is mostly useless species, very present market rates, a net surplus of more than often a tangled mass of brushwood or evergreen under Rs. 3,37,00,000. It is today a wasting or diminishing growth. Many valuable trees, especially Dhup and asset. (Lxiv] APPENDIX D Marine Fisheries in Andamans By SHRI V. SADASIVAN, M.A., M.Sc., Assistant Fisheries Research Officer, Port Blair The importance of the fishing industry in the stones making net fishing risky. To make net fishing economic development of these islands cannot be over a success it is essential to have a complete knowledge emphasised. The rich and varied fish fauna of the of the conditions of the fishing ground-the nature of Andaman seas offers great possibilities for commercial sea bottom, currents, etc. exploitation. The inexhaustible fishery resources cover The main fishing region is located round about Port a wide range of smaller and bigger forms of fish and Blair, the Headquarter area, where the fishermen find also include such less important types as squids, octo a ready market for their catch. The line fishermen, by pus, trepang, turtles and sea-weeds. patient trials, have located certain spots where fish are The two hundred and odd islands which form the available in greater numbers. These more favourable Andaman and Nicobar group present a coast line of fishing grounds are characterised by their great depths, roughly 1,200 miles with a fishable extent of nearly 18,000 ranging from 40 to 60 fathoms, and rocky nature of the square miles capable of considerable yield of fishery sea bottom. The catch at these places usually consists wealth if properly and judiciously exploited. The numer of bottom feeding perches of Serranus, Lutianus and ous bays and creeks afford ample protection for the fish Lethrinus species. Whiffing and trolling are practiced to ing boats from bad weather. The shallow regions and catch fish like seer, bonite, tuna and berracuda. The inlets are admirably suited for fish-farming and piscicul shallow and sheltered bays are productive of smaller ture operations. The heavy annual rainfall of 130" is types of fish such as Sardines, Mullets, Silver bellies, mostly derived from the South-west monsoons which Cock up, beaked fish, etc., which are readily captured by usually set in by the middle of May and last till end of stake nets, bamboo tatties and cast nets. August. During these months, fishing operations are In order to assess the value of the fisheries, accurate carried out on the east coast. Fishing on the west coast statistics must be available and as there are no records is possible during the North-east monsoon months of of catches the work of collecting data of daily fish land November and December. ings was taken up in January, 1950. According to this Fishing industry in Andamans has not reached to any available statistics the average daily catch is about 300 great commercial proportions. The Fisheries of Trochus lbs. which is hardly sufficient for the local needs. For and Turbo shells by the Japanese during 1930-36 and an increased production, a variety of fishing gear, im the endeavour to exploit the resources by a business Con proved craft and more fishermen are needed. The first cern in 1947 were the only two commercial attempts so experimental attempt to introduce a shore-seine net far made. The reasons for this undeveloped state of satisfying the local conditions was a success and othGlrs affairs are lack of experienced fishermen and proper have adopted this method resulting in increased catch. methods and inadequate knowledge of the local condi It is hoped, in the course of this year, to popularise the tions. The number of men engaged in fishing, according gill nets of set and drift varieties and to find out, by to the licence register for 1949, is 82. The main form of trial and error method, the suitability of different kinds fishing is by hooks and lines; cast net is extensively used of nets. The fishing curing yard, which is to be estab in the shallow regions. Fishing by means of bamboo lished shortly, will serve as a demonstration centre for tatties is practiced by the Burmans. Apart from these the correct and hygenic methods of curing and preserv methods no other form of net-fishing is known. Regard ing of fish, preparation of shark liver oil, fish manure ing the fishing methods of the aborigines Lt. Colebrook and other by-products. Sufficient inducement are being (1789-90) remarked that "men hunt fish wading in the offered to attract fishermen from the mainland for sett water to shoot with their bows and arrows. They are ling down here. very dextrous at this extraordinary mode of fishing It is of greatest importance to gain an accurate know which they practice also at night by the light of torch. ledge of the habits of the commercially' important fish, Of their implements for fishing and other purposes, little their movements, etc., and these biological data are of can be said. Hand nets of different sizes are used in value to the fisheries. The fisheries research unit has catching the small fry." These primitive conditions taken up this study and work is already in progress on still prevail, but the more friendly tribes who receive, the life histories of Sardines, perches and mackerals and in addition to the various presents, fishing hooks and on the study of plankton in relation to fisheries. lines from the Chief Commissioner on his annual cruise Thus, by introducing reforms and improvements by are learning and adopting this form of fishing. The slow degrees, encouraging large scale enterprises, estab fishing crafts are primitive, inefficient and not capable lishing the by-industries of fishery products and apply of staying for longer periods on the fishing grounds. The ing scientific and modern methods, it is hoped to remedy rocky coast line descends steeply down and the sea the situation and help the industry to attain greater bottom is more or less patchy with coral rocks and sand developments. [LXV] 17 HOME/54 9 APPENDIX E On the Origin of the Andamanese By DR. LlDIO CIPRIANI, formerly Professor of Anthropology at tJhe University of Florence The origin of the ancient inhabitants of the Andaman agreeable smell of their body. Nothing of this nature Islands, so called Negritos, is still an open question in is to be found in the Andamanese, even though they are anthropology; but although nothing certain can yet be in the habit of never taking a real wash. No less said about it, a number of facts point clearly to several important are the differences on the cultural and' conclusions, and to the rejection of several ideas put linguistic sides. The Andamanese differ fundamentally, forward by some on this subject. One such idea, old spiritually as well as materially, from every people to and frequently repeated, is that the Andamanese are the be found in Africa. descendants of Portuguese Negro slaves shipwrecked 3. The theory of' origin from shipwrecked Negro on these Islands. As the Portuguese first arrived into slaves, which means a relatively recent arrival in the the Indian Ocean only after the circumnavigation of the Andamans, can also be rejected after a glance at the Cape of Good Hope, this would mean their coming some Andamanese kitchen middens, of which there are plenty time after the fifteenth century, allowing not more than in the Islands. Many of these kitchen middens are of five hundred years for the existence of the supposed such dimensions and stratifications as to show that they shipwrecked in the Andaman Islands. date back millenniums, that is to say long long before 2. The comparison of the physical characteristics of the arrival of the Portuguese anywhere in Asia. But the Andaman Negritos with those of African Negroes more will be said on this subject of Andamanese kitchen is sufficient to reject such theory about their origin. middens later on. The true Negro characteristics (thick lips, broad nose, frequent dolichocephaly, proportions of the body peculiar 4. Because of their short stature, the Andamanese to them, especially the development of thorax, shoulders, have been compared with African Pigmies. But they arms, legs, etc.) are not to be found in the Andamanese, differ very much from these also, both physically and nor can the comparatively short period of life in the culturally. African Pigmies are shorter, not so dark, Andamanese c [Lxvi] APPENDIX E are local indications that this sht pe is the ancestor of such weapons do not seem to be present in other regions the S shape bow, formerly distributed amongst several of Asia. The nearest harpoon arrows outside Asia are tribes that used to roam along the coasts of the South, in Africa, and are probably derived from an original Middle and North Andamans-tribes now all extinct. pigmy invention, though no more to be found to-day Some comparisons are instructive in different ways, and with the Pigmies. They are now used by several Negro especially because they show how, from what we must groups, mostly in the Congo basin. It is certain that admit to have been the primitive Negrito bow still with bo1*! the harpoon arrow and the harpoon spear known the Semang and the Aeta was developed the Little to the Andamans could have been invented before the Andaman bow, the very similar Jarawa bow in the knowledge of iron. In Africa harpoon spears and South Andaman, and finally the North Andaman bow. harpoon arrows have detachable heads still made from They show differences that can be put on a continuous hard wood. They are used to catch wild boars, ante evolutionary series. Following this we see how from lopes, gazelles, rock rabbits and monkeys; and also the simple Negrito bow of Little Andaman, with one buffaloes and elephants by some tribes. The harpoon curvature, has developed the S shaped bow of Great ed animal is halted in its flight by the shaft of the arrow Andamans as a result of small but substantial modifica or the spear getting entangled in a bush; or the wound tions. These, we must suppose, took place after the is enlarged and made deadly by a sudden and rough separation of the Andamanese from the other Negritos. extraction of the harpoon through hard pulling against The mechanical principle remains fundamentally that the shaft caught in the bushes. Buffaloes and elephants, of the Negrito bow; the only changes are devices to always attacked in the abdomen from a short distance, obtain the best and most complete utilisation of the can be disembowelled by this terribly intelligent device. elasticity of the wood forming the weapon. The Harpoon spears and arrows are also used against fish, peculiarity of the simplest Andamanese bow, of having as we see even to-day in Africa. In the Andamans, the two different uses for the two ends of the blade, harpoon arrow is now used only against Sus Anda gradually developed the changes mentioned. The manesis; the harpoon spear against turtle, dugong and Andamanese keep their bows unstrung, stringing them very large fish. The invention is certainly of immense only when about to use the weapon. At one end the antiquity. As for the harpoon spear, it can go back to string is always near the shoulder if not completely the Paleolithic age, so explaining its diffusion through fixed to it; the other end is free and can receive the the continents, and its presence to-day in widely separat string when the bow is properly bent, putting it vertically ed areas with primitive people as the Andamanese on the ground and then pressing it in the middle by the who have remained cut off from the rest of humanity application of a foot. We must, therefore, distinguish since prehistoric times. The segregation of the the upper end from the lower end. In the Onge and Andamanese from the outside world must go back to a Jarawa bow both ends have a shoulder of 10-13 mm. period when the harpoon spear and the harpoon arrow Sometimes the upper end, although not always, is de were uniformally diffused at least in continental arid corated with fibre and ornamented with the yellow skin insular South-East Asia and East Africa including of the Dendrobium. The loops of the string are also Negrito areas-that is to say, a segregation to be cal different, the upper loop being much wider than the culated by millenniums. lower. These distinctions developed the idea of giving 7. Besides their bodily appearance and their weapons, two curvatures instead of the original single one in the the Andamanese show great similarity with Malaya bow, at the same time enlarging it from the middle end, and Philippine Negritos in the way in which they erect then tapering to a point each end, so getting the appear their shelters, temporary simple shelters, and the big ance of two narrow long opposite blades. A first communal huts to be found in the Andamans from the evolution in this sense happened in the South Andaman South to the North. The construction of the communal and was subsequently improved in the North Andaman. hut is clearly evolved from the technique of building Consequently, we had in the Andamans three types of temporary camps; and in reality the Andamanese bow: one was that of the Onges, little changed in the communal huts are nothing more than temporary camps hands of the Jarawas; another was with the coastal transformed into something more complete, durable and tribes of the South Andaman, and a third with the protective. In all other details they repeat the structure people of the North Andaman. These last two kinds and respond better to the exigencies of temporary camps. are no more to be found. The differences, or improve For this reason we can affirm that as the apparently ments, were aimed at producing the strongest propulsion complicated S shaped bow is an Andamanese creation for the arrow with the least exertion for the man. In evolved from the original, simpler Negrito bow, so the the North Andaman bow the results obtained were the apparently complicated Andamanese communal hut had highest in comparison with the other two types. This its starting point in the simpler Negritn temporary sequence of arguments leads to the conclusion that in the shelter. In every Negrito area this shelter is so rudi Andamans the Onge type of bow is the progenitor of all mentary that it does not deserve the name of hut. It the others. As we shall see later on, this supports the has no walls, only a small sloping roof with an inclina idea that a migratory movement took place in these tion of about 45 degrees, high in front and very low Islands, and until recent times, from the South to the at the back, so low as nearly to reach the ground. This North, an idea that will help to explain several Anda manese phenomena. roof covers a narrow, short bed of sticks slightly raised on four strong but short poles, a bed that shelters the 6. Not only bows but also arr(')ws show corresponding whole family. The Andamanese communal hut also is affinities in the Andamanese, especially the so called marked by the absence of walls, and so affords no harpoon arrow. This consists of a barbed detachable privacy at all to the several families sheltering in it. head connected to the shaft by a string. The harpoon It consists of a single circular ronf of the shape and arrow, like its near relative and probable forefather the serving the functions of an umbrella for the beds under harpoon spears, offers an interesting question in ethno it, and distributed along its border. Like an umbrella, graphy. Although the Andnamans are so widely separat the roof has an inclination of about 45 degrees; and ed from Malaya, and Malaya from the Philippines, the it is impossible to stand upright near the perimeter of three groups of Negritos has harpoon arrows, while the hut. In the middle, and in accordance with its [Lxvii] 9A APPENDIX E dimensions (which means the number of beds in it) the same is said of the savage inhabitants of the North hut can reach a considerable height. Inside the com Sentinel Island less than 50 years ago. In a surprising munal hut each family follows the same practices as in ly short period the technique of making canoes seems the temporary shelter, having its own fire and cooking to have been completely forgotten as a result of the place in addition to the communal fire and cooking difficulties of using them. If this be so, we can under place at a selected spot of the ground. Under the stand how the Semang and the Aeta could forget the umbrella the construction of the bed is the same' as art of hollowing canoes known to their forefathers, an under the temporary shelter; only the roof is stronger, art that enabled the diffusion of Negritos to far away more accurately built, and more watertight. In all its islands. In the Andamans, the more primitive tyPe of details the Andamanese communal hut, which may canoe is that of the Onges ; and this together with uther reasonably be called an umbrella hut because of its cultural characteristics puts Little Andaman prominent structure and appearance, shows only extensions and in our effort to reconstruct the original Negrito ways of improvements on the original Negrito shelter. life. 8. As regards their general habits and methods of life, 9. To do this we need to investigate those ancient the Andamanese still preserve similarity, if not identity, documents, the kitchen middens, that the Negritos have with other far away Negritos-or at least the habits that fortunately left in numbers all over the Andamans. As were their's before they fell under alien influence. No the word denotes, kitchen middens are accumulations of tattooing or scarification of the body is practiced by refuse, mostly from kitchens. Unfortunately, systematic the Andamanese, but only painting. Hunting animals, research on the Andamanese kitchen middens has only catching fish, collecting roots, fruits and honey in the recently begun. But because of the importance of the forests are for the Semang and the Aeta, as well as for results in relation to the arguments here discussed, and the Andamanese, the only ways of getting food. And because these results are new, they deserve ample they follow the same methods and use the same weapons. quotation. The remarks already made about the culture They have no shields for defence purposes; no traps and physical characteristics of the Andaman Negritos for animals or birds or fish; no poison for their arrows, are not so important nor so conclusive as are these or for any other purpose; no fishing hooks; no stone results of excavations of kitchen middens. In the implements. No less significant, pottery was unknown Andamans these accumulations show much the same to the original Negrito, who had only wooden pots and appearance as do those formed by primitive populations basketry. IrQn is a recent acquisition for all Negritos ; in other continents, including Europe and Africa. The but they are unable to work it. The Andamanese results of the excavations carried out so far in the· simply rub it, cold, against stones, to obtain the shape Andamans, although as yet incomplete and not solving they wish. And, as can be imagined, it is a very long finally the problem of the origin of the Andamanese, and painful process. Another cultural superposition bring to our knowledge several facts that need to be appears to be the use of nets, made with the so called considered with attention. Like the kitchen middens fisherman's knot, and spread all over the continents. found outside Asia, those in the Andamans generally It is also not clear how the Andamanese learned to use consist of empty shells, nearly all bivalve, thrown away canoes. We do not know about the Aeta; but certainly after the contents have been eaten. These shells con the Semang have no canoes, now being an inland people. stitute nearly ninety per cent. of the materials of the They make only bamboo rafts for use on rivers, having, kitchen middens, and are uniformally distributed through it seems, forgotten how to hollow trees. There is, how them. These kitchen middens are of fairly regular geo ever, little doubt that the Negritos reached the Philip-. metrical shape; moreover, in every cubic foot they have pines and the Andamans by sea. In the Andamans we nearly constant average number of shells. It is, there have more than one instance of people having forgotten fore, not difficult to calculate the approximate total how to make and use canoes. The Jarawas, now jungle number 9f shells present in one kitchen midden. Con dwellers, are said (not without reason) to have reached sidering how many shells can be eaten every day by Great Andaman from the South, through Little Andaman, one person and estimating the number of persons that, by the sea. A line of camps, quite obviously not of through the ages, contributed to the formation of the recent origin and with a good supply of drinking water deposit, it is possible to calculate the age of the kitchen and of food, is spread in a chain along the islands midden. After the studies carried on the Onges we between Little and Great Andaman, with evidence that may say that every kitchen midden is formed as a they have been used for ages by people migrating from result of the activities of a small group of some thirty the South to the North. These camps, still kept in a to forty persons who frequent the same spot for forty state of use, are situated in:- to fifty days in a year. Their food is rarely formed of molluscs: they resort to these only when there is (1) South Brother, called by the Onges, Geache- naque, absolutely nothing else to eat. They prefer wild fruits, roots, honey, fish, turtle, dugong, and more than any (2) North Brother, to Onges, Tetale, thing else, pig. This last cooked in big pieces, is always (3) Small Sister, to Onges, Tagiomada, taken by the Onges with them when they go hunting in (4) Big Sister, to Onges, Taquate, the forests, and so the bones of these pigs are mostly (5) Passage Island, to Onges, Chogedda, dispersed in the jungle. Molluscs, on the other hand, (6) South Cinque Island, to Onges, Geataque, are uncomfortable to carry because of their weight, and (7) North Cinque Island, to Onges, Gaalu, provide little nourishment. They are, therefore, nearly (8) Rutland Island, to Onges, Gaatinnenque, nlways eaten during the night halts in fixed localities. and here are two camps: For a brief period of no more than forty to fifty days (a) Tequara, and every year, and then not every day, these shells are (b) Lambaba. All these organizations, with geographical names, thrown on the kitchen midden, thus very slowly con camps, places for water and food, indicate an ancient tributing to its growth. In this way many of the navigating experience movin::, from the South to the Andamanese accumulations, often huge, required a long North. About a century and a half ago the Jarawas are period for their formation, a period to be calculated in said to have still been in possession of canoes; and the thousands of years, perhaps five or six thousand years. [Lxviii) APPENDIX E Even if we reduce this number to half, the resulting the fact that in Little Andaman the Onges still bury antiquity is not in accordance with the opinion that the their dead in the communal huts. In ancient times this Andamanese are descendants of shipwrecked Portuguese must have been the custom also in the Great Andaman, Negro slaves. There is now hope that the antiquity of because to-day we find graves in what appear to be only the Andamanese kitchen middens will be more exactly kitchen middens, while in reality they are the former determined by collecting charcoal from different levels emplacements of communal huts. The growing of a and then measuring the residual radio-activity of such kitchen midden was facilitated by the rebuilding of the charcoal. communal hut on the same spot many times, the ground 10. The lowest strata of a kitchen midden obviously being flattened every time before the hut was rebuilt. marks the time when the Andamanese arrived on that Excavations in Little and Great Andaman already spot. But this time does not necessarily correspond to indicate this through the formation of the successive the first appearance of man in these Islands. Only strata. extensive comparisons between many such deposits can 11. Besides shells, which as I have already said form in the future entitle one to give an authoritative opinion about ninety per cent. of the refuse found in kitchen on this matter. A sequence of excavations should be middens, abundant materials of other kinds are found, undertaken in order to find out which are the most including the bones of sea and land mammals, fish, ancient of these documents left by man in the Andaman turtles, birds, points of arrows made of bone or of shell Islands. At present there have been only few researches (Tridacna gigas) sandstone sharpeners on which to beyond the Great Andaman. But during 1952 and 1953 smooth the points of arrows, great numbers of tiny chips some work was done in Little Andaman in this line, of obsidiana and of different hard stones. A serious by studying also the interior of the island completely obstacle encountered in the excavation of the Anda unexplored until 1952. The first point to strike one is manese kitchen middens is the difficulty to follow each that Little Andaman is conspicuous for the absence of single strata and, still more, to put it in its proper age. well developed kitchen middens. There is a good reason It is evident from the colour and quality of the earth for this: Little Andaman, besices having plenty of that the accumulations along the coasts were sometimes pure drinking water, has plenty of food, including that influenced, in successive periods, by changes of the sea most relished by the Andamanese-the pig. The Onges level and of the frequently nearby mangrove swamps, very rarely resort to the eating of molluscs, and this probably as a result of local rising or sinking of the land. always without enthusiasm, because they know that they This is of great help to us, because when clear sea water can always obtain better food. As shells are the went near a kitchen midden, favourable conditions of principal constituent of the heaps of refuse, few kitchen life were offered to corals. In many places we now find middens are to be found in Little Andaman, and these such corals embedded in the black stinking mud of are small. These are, however, full of significance mangrove swamps where life for corals is to-day im because they are still "alive", and so show details possible. Changes like these undoubtedly required no impossible to understand from the "dead" accumula short period for their accomplishment. Exploring along tions of the Great Andamans. In other words, the the coast we see that the one of such changes of sea kitchen middens in Little Andaman are still in the level reached up to ten feet in height, and that it affected process of formation; while in the Great Andamans wide areas, because it has left traces in the Great they are only memories of a bygone past. From the Andaman as well as in the far away Little Andaman. study of the Little Andaman kitchen middens we come In connection with this problem of the origin of the immediately to one very important conclusion: this is, people of the Andamans, it is essential to establish the that kitchen middens were not formed, as it is ge~erally right age of this important and certainly not recent believed, through temporary encampments. They are movement. formed strictly in connection with communal huts. Only 12. In many kitchen middens of the Great Andaman this can explain the shape of the kitchen midden, its we find objects belonging to our own age, objects like peculiar stratification, and the presence in them of imported smoking pipes, chips of broken bottleos, bullets human graves. Moreover, the 1953 researches in Little from rifles pieces of iron, etc.; and from these we can Andaman prove that communal huts have been distri deduce that so little as half a foot of depth from the buted during the long ages past all over Great Andaman. surface takes us back at least a hundred years, to a As the location of a communal hut is frequently moved, period before the arrival of the domesticated dog on we come to understand that a group of persons and the ~cene. This animal must have reached the Andamans their descendants have through countless generations in 1858; but no bones of it have yet been found in contributed to the formation of many kitchen middens. kitchen middens. Its arrival has, however, brought a This explains the starting and the stopping of several sudden increase in the bones of Sus Andamanensis accumulations at different ages. For this reason every amongst the refuse; and these are extremely common on kitchen midden cannot be expected to show the same the surface. If we go a little deeper than half a foot sequence of phenomena. On the contrary, every iron disappears, and with it also bottle glass and other kitchen midden must be referred to its own age, often objects mentioned above. But smoking pipes continue completely different from that of nearby similar kitchen to appear; only now the imported variety replaced middens. The shape, always geometrical and often hemispheric of them, can only have originated through the original Andamanese pipe made with the chelae of the regular shape of communal huts, and not from the big crabs transversally cut and pierced at the distal hap-hazard form of temporary camps. In these tempo ends. Such pipes are still used by Onges and Jarawas for smoking aromatic leaves found in the jungle. This rary camps, refuse is unavoidably and irregularly habit of smoking is very ancient in the Andamans, for dispersed. From communal huts, on the other hand, we find this type of pipe still in the lowest strata. The because they are more or less only an umbrella-shaped presence of shells at all levels, generally well preserved roof open all along the circumference, refuse is radially and mixed with a little earth, often allows easy digging thrown out through the opening nearest to each bed, for many feet of depth. Below these, in many kitchen and so forms a heap corresponding to the shape of the middens we notice another sudden change, the strata hut, circular or elliptical. Of considerable interest is from being very loose becoming very hard through the [Lxix] APPENDIX E addition of ashes to the earth. Moreover, the shells are Nicobarese seem to help us to understand the presence calcined, as though burned directly in fire, and have a of pig in the Andamans. The male Nicobarese pig, at false appearance of fossilization, which is not to be found least in the past, was generally castrated to make it fat in the shells in the upper strata. This change connotes more quickly. Moreover, males and .females were, as something tlf ethnological importance: we must assume they are now, left free to roam all day in the jungle, that when they arrived in the place, the Andamanese being called back to the house in the evening by special did not know the use of pottery. Cooking was done sounds. ,These semi-domesticated females were fecun directly on the fire or on hot ashes, without any pots. dated by wild males. Young domesticated pigs were the Later cooking was done in pots, mostly by boiling. That descendants of wild animals, possibly derived from is why in the beginning we find shells calcined on the young individuals that before castration ceased to obey fire, and so made very breakable, thrown in heaps mixed the evening calls of their former owners. The present with ashes. At a later stage, thrown away after boiling, pig of the Andamans, showing a late appearance in they are neither calcined nor dirty with ashes. No kitchen middens, can derive from a semi-domesticated pottery is found in these ancient and cemented strata. animal as seems to have been the case with its Nicobarese To-day the Andamanese cook almost exclUSively by boil relative. The situation'indicated by the kitchen middens ing, and this as a result of their superstitions. The first of the Great Andamans is that of a probably ancient Andamanese pottery is of good make, with clay well colonisation either in the Andamans or in the Nicobars worked, and well burned in the fire. It underwent by a people that, leaving cultural residual, were over degeneration, as we' see when we approach the upper come by Negritos in the former, while the opposite strata. The latest pottery, which is of relatively recent happened in the latter. In this connection I heard in age, is extremely rough, with clay mixed carelessly with the Nicobars of an ancient tradition of the existence in small stones, and not even baked on the fire, but simply the past there of a people of short stature and dark dried by exposure in the sun. The result is fragile skin. In Car Nicobar I was informed that they bad pottery, making it necessary to prepare the pots with their headquarters in a cave, which cave is still in very thick walls. In ancient times they could be made existence in the interior of the island. Excavations in much thinner. This Andamanese pottery always follows this cave may prove useful. Anyhow, it is to be expected the technique known as " au colomb in ", or by coiling. that researches on ancient human life in the Andamans 13. Later than pottery we begin to find bones of Sus will receive light and guidance from parallel investiga Andamanensis; and always more common as we proceed tions in the Nicobars. towards the surface. The unavoidable cunclusion seems 16. As a result of the excavations carried out in the to be that the hunting of the pig and the making of pots Andaman during 1952 and 1953 the following points may were unknown to the ancient Andamanese. Pottery be summarised:- arrived later, probably with the same people who were (a) The Andamanese did not possess pottery on responsible for the introduction of a domesticated pig their arrival in these Islands. in the Andamans. In this connection it is to be re (b) The ancient pottery was of better quality than membered that in these Islands there is complete absence the more recent. of the great land mammals. Sus is the biggest, next (c) The technique of making pottery by coiling being only a Paradoxurus and several little rodents. followed in the Andamans is the same as 14. No less important than the aforesaid is the that still followed in the Nicobars. presence in the Great Andaman kitchen middens of (d) Human burial took place in what now is for us graves containing human bone&. Such graves, very a kitchen midden. In many cases, only the small, are dug in the accumulations of shells and then skull and long bones were put in the graves, filled with clear earth. In many kitchen-middens, rem after having been preserved in the huts of nant found in graves are only the skull with the mandi their descendants, as happens still now in ble and the long bones. Other bones are missing. In in the Nicobars. these instances, all details support the sUpposition that (e) These bones show the same physical character burial followed only after the bones had been kept for a istics of the present Andamanese aboriginals. long time, perhaps worn on the body in memory of the (f) No traces are found in the kitchen middens of dead person. Amongst the present Andamanese a the cannibalism presumed by several similar way of preserving the skull is practised by a people in respect of the Andamanese. group of people now almost extinct, a group reduced to (g) Sus Andamanensis, now wild, arrived in these only twentythree individuals. Other groups like the Islands probably domesticated, and appears Onges and the Jarawas preserve only the mandibles as in the kitchen middens later than does did several Tribes of Great Andaman, now extinct. In pottery. every case the bones are painted and ornamented, and (h) Pottery transformed the method of cooking then kept hanging from the neck as a homage to the dead from roasting to boiling, now nearly ex person. In the nearby Nicobar Islands also is to be clusively followed in the Andamans. found this habit of preserving the skull and long bones (i) Arrow points of excellent workmanship and of ancestors in the huts of their descendants, the bones maclJ= mostly of mammal or fish bones, being thrown away at a fixed place after a long time. sometimes also of shell, are common in For the ancient inhabitants of the Great Andamans this kitchen middens. But none of stone have fixed place was evidently the floor of the communal hut. so far been found. This, reminds us of the habit still followed by the Onges (j) Obsidians and several hard stones were chip of burying their corpses in the communal hut. Graves ped into tiny artifacts for shaving and for of this kind, showing respect for the dead, should not be ornamental cutting of the skin. considered as the remnants of cannibalistic food, as has (k) Iron is found only on the surface of kitchen sometimes been presumed to be the case. middens, together with a large number of 15. Nicobarese connections are also indicated by the chips of imported glass. Andamanese technique for making pottery: exclusively (r) Several facts, such as the size of the kitchen by coiling without potter's stone. Still rr..ore, the middens, changes of sea level during their [LXX] APPENDIX E formation, contemporary changes in the Burial takes place inside inhabited huts, as paleolithic species of shells, and in the frequency of man buried inside inhabited caves. Nudity is general, their occurrence, all point to a long period except for a tassel of fibre worn in front by women. certainly to be counted by millenniums. Harpoon spears and harpoon arrows were certainly used (m) The ancient Andamanese show cultural con~ long before they had any knowledge of iron. Neither nections with the Nicobars, indicating that poison nor traps for ground or water animals are known R common foreign influence, of unknown to the Andamanese. origin, spread in a remote past to both 18, All this and much more shows an archaic cultural groups of islands. level still "enjoyed" by the Andamanese, (" Civiliza.tion 17. Mostly through the indications obtained from is the curse of humanity"!) but no more by Afrrcan kitchen middens, and from researches carried out during Negroes who left it centuries if not millenniums ~go. 1952 and 1953 amongst the aboriginals of Little Andaman, It gives us an organically complete, complex and tYliHcal we can now interpret some of the habits of the first sequence of manners of immense, if. n?t mysterr.ous, Negritos to arrive in the Andamans. In this connection antiquity showing extremely clear ASIatlc connectIOns I may be allowed to affirm that Little Andaman will with peoples that are already a race by themselves. It explain Great Andamans. Without going into more is simply absurd to consider this culture to be the details, I quote here only a few instances of Onge casual result of decadence, or of a fortuitous rebuilding manners connected with the problem here under discus accomplished in a relatively short period from a d~sturb sion. Except for minor modifications, Onge habits ed cultural situation of a heterogeneous collectIOn of remain substantially to-day what they were in remote slaves thrown by storms on the shores of the Andamans! prehistory, and in fact in a prelithic period. Great On the contrary, it represents the unspoiled inheritance Andamans culture evolved more, but it had its starting of a prelithic age. The continuance of research aJ?ongst point in a culture similar to that of the Onges. 'Migra the Onges, and if possible also amongst the Sentl?el~se tory movements from the South to the North, not vice and the Jarawas, will prove this in the most convmcmg versa, seem to prove this. Like the Semang and the way. Collateral investigations on the zoology and geo Aeta, the Onges do not practice tattooing or scarification; logy of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands are needed for but they paint their body with ochre. They also paint the bones of deceased persons with ochre, reminding us the better understanding of several facts-the presence of well known paleolithic habits,. They have no chiefs; of Sus in the Andamans, for instance. Sus, as we know, only headmen guiding small groups of exogamous is the biggest of the very few mammals in these Islands. families roaming together. Nobody is above these head The separation of the Andamans from the mainland men. The Onges never knew how to prepare implements before the appearance in it, of mammals is supposed. to from stone. Nor have they ever learned how to make explain this peculiarity. But this leaves open to quesh~n fire: having got it, they have to keep it permanently at least of the presence of pig. Persistent movements 111 going. Cooking is done mostly by boiling, but only the level of the islands, still perceptible, could have after they received pottery from outside long after their brought about a temporary general subsid,ence, leavi~g own arrival in the Andamans. Before that, everything not enough room for big animals, especIally the bIg was cooked in hot ashes, or directly over the fire, or on carnivores. This question, at the same time geolo~ical hot stones. Big animals cut in pieces were cooked only and zoological, can be solved only through excavatIOns. on hot stones in thick packing of le:ilves covered after And since man is involved in it, excavations should be wards by earth. Salt is completely unknown to them. mostly in caves. [Lxxi] APPENDIX F On the Shorn-Pen of Great Nicobar By SHRI B. S. CHENGAPA, Conservator, Working Plans, Port Blair, Andaman Their Origin and Contact with them Doctor addressed his followers in a warlike speech and It was for long believed that the interior of the Great gave orders to charge, They charged immediately, and Nicobar was inhabited by a race of Negritoes similar discovered that they had knocked down some burnt to the wild tribes of the Andaman Islands. Their tree stumps which they had mistaken for the wild existence was first reported by Pastor Rosen, a Danish tribes. Subsequently they had several serious clashes Missionery in 1831. In 1846 Admiral Steen Bille paid and quite a few of the aborigines were killed. This the first recorded visit. This was followed by three apparently led to the deep rooted hostility that still visits by Mr. De Roepstorff; and on one of these occa prevails amongst Jarawas. Protection against these sions, in 1881, he was accompanied by the Chief Com hostile tribes is now costing the Government more than missioner Colonel Cadell. Mr. Man first visited them in Rs. 40,000 per year. The present Expedition to the 1884, and maintained occasional contact for sometime. Nicobar Islands was determined that such mistakes In 1901 Boden-Kloss, and in 1905 C. W. B. Anderson, should not be repeated and that there should be no also visited them. retaliation even if the party was attacked in their It was then found that these Shom-Pens belong to attempt to penetrate the interior. the same stock as the other inhabitants of these Islands The Exploration party first came in contact with the an isolated group of primitive Malayans-and that later Sham-Pens in Jubliee river. They were friendly and some unknown causes brought about a division among were already known to the guide, The Headman them into two distinct ethnological groups-The Shom Akanya of the Shom-Pens took the party up to very Pen of the interior of Great Nicobar and the Coastal near the source of Jubliee river, stayed a night with the people or the Nicobarese. The Sham-Pens appear to have party in jungle and brought them back to Ganges a remote admixture of Negrito blood, they are a shade Harbour in the north of Great Nicobar. Next, they darker and are also slightly smaller in stature than the came in contact with the Sham-Pens living about 5 miles Coastal people. Their hair occurs in all the grades from the mouth of the Dagmar river, They were also between curly and straight, and their appearance also friendly and well known to the guides. Two of them, varies greatly from the Nicobarese. Lonava and a boy about 16 years, accompanied the party To account for this difference in hair and for the in their own two men canoe, stayed two nights with the dull brown colour of the skin two theories are advanced; party in jungle, took them about 15 to 20 miles up this the first is that possibly the Andamanese, on one of river and followed them to their camping place at Pulo their predatory excursions to these, Islands, for some Kunyi. reason were unable to return and were incorporated The third lot of the Shom-Pens were found many with the local inhabitants. miles in the interior of the Alexandra river valley, The people of Car Nicobar still believe that the 12 or 14 miles up the main stream from its mouth and Andamanese in the long past came down in several then about 2 miles up a branch stream on the south. canoes for their periodical raids, The second and more These were wild and hostile, Fortunately, Lonava, the probable theory is that these peculiarities are due to a friendly Shom-Pen from Dagmar had accompanied the Dravidian strain; and that some Dravidian mariners, party. The first sign of the presence of wild tribes in in their trading voyages to the Eastern Archipelago, these parts was foot prints on the bank of Alexandra became stranded in these Islands and later got in river. At the sight of fresh foot prints of human beings corporated with the local people, one of the party shouted. and there was a prompt reply. The Shom-Pens are divided into two divisions. The This was repeated three or four times before the party smaller have been living nearer the Coast and a few came in sight of a young man about 25 years old walking miles up the big rivers-Jubliee, Dagmar, Alexandra boldly towards the canoe that was being paddled up and Galathea. These have been friendly with the stream, and a young woman with three children rushing Nicobarese, and only these friendly tribes have been off into the jungle for safety. They were naked except visited in the past explorations. These are referred to for bark cloth covering their shame, The young man as "Mawas Shom-Pen" meaning quite or tame Shom had about a dozen javelins ready poised to throw at the Pen. The larger section, who inhabit the interior, have people in the canoe. The friendly Shorn-Pen shouted at always been hostile and have continued in their nefarious the top of his voice in his language that the party means work of raiding and killing the Nicobarese and the no harm. There-upon, the wild man threw down his dah friendly Shom-Pens, One of the Nicobarese guides in and came straight to the canoe. He was immediately the present Expedition, Berengse, who belonged to the given sweets, beedies, tobacco, etc, He did not know East Coast, told the party that when he was about how to smoke a beedi until he was taught to smoke. 10 years old (he is about 60 now) a pitched battle was He guided the party to their huts about 2 miles away fought between the hostile Shom-Pens and the Nicobarese along a branch stream. These sheds were so remote and others, led by a British Officer, near Campbell Bay. that they could never have been discovered but for the In this battle many on both sides were killed, including guidance of the wild Shom-Pen himself. At the camp his own brother. However, eventually the wild Shom only two men were found, all the women and children Pens managed to wipe out all villages on the East Coast. having run away to hide themselves. After the men Berengse and his people shifted to Kondul, and others made certain that the party meant no harm, they brought to the West Coast. their women and children and allowed themelves to be It is said that in the Exploration of the Andaman photographed. ~he Expedition party was completely Islands in 1857 under Dr. F. J. Mouat, for establishing unarmed. On being requested, three of them including a Colony, one of the nervous and imaginative members their Headman came with the party in their canoe to brought news of a lurking body of.. aborgines. The the camp, received 'cloth, Dahs, sugar, etc., as presents [Lxxii] APPENDIX F and parted as good friends. They however refused to the party saw some recently abandoned Sham-Pen huts, go to the Coast with the party. evidently abandoned while the party was exploring this The fourth lot of the Shorn-Pens were found many Bay a week previously, for making a camp for assessing miles in the interior of Galathea river. The friendly the forests. In Trinkat-Champlong however, two Shom Shorn-Pen Lanava refused to accompany the party any Pens came to the Expedition camp on their own and further, and returned to his huts near the mouth of took the members of the party to their huts, perched in Dagmar river as he thought that the rest of the Shom a hill top, and a few miles inland. They were anxious Pens were all very wild and very hostile. The Nicobar to obtain axes, dahs and clothes. They were success guides however followed the party, and came in contact fully persuaded to visit M, L 'Valdora' that was anchor with another lot of Shorn-Pens about a mile away from ed in the Bay. They returned quite happy with all they the bank of the Galathea river and about 14 or 15 miles wanted. from its mouth. While approaching the Shorn-Pen huts only the Nicobar guides two of the Expedition party, Estimate of their Number showed themselves first; the others were hidden close by behind trees, watching developments. The two who With the exception of a few families who have wel1t forward had taken off their clothes, and were friendly intercourse with the Nicobarese, these Shom naked but for a loin cloth. At this sight two Shorn-Pens, Pens have persistently been hostile to the Coastal people a boy of 18 or 20 and another 10 or 12 years, rushed and to anyone who dared enter their territory. There out with all the javelins and were about to strike. fore, their number has always been a guess work. The guides had instructions not to fight or to show any Boden Kloss estimated their number in 1905 at 300-400 ; signs of fear but hold up their hands and show that they and subsequently a large number was wiped out by are unarmed. They acted their part very well; and influenza. and later by poliomyelitis. In Dagmar river the Sham-Pens were a little confused, and after a little valley there are now only 14 people in all, sickly and hesitation threw down their javelins and came forward. dying; and the Sham-Pens in Alexandra river have dis The others of the party who were hiding also came out appeared completely because of this scourge The few at the same time. After exchange of a few words and survivors, one of them Lonava, migrated to Dagmar. presents, the women and children were sent for. While Those now found in Alexandra came from the interior, waiting for women and children to return, the Headman, and have never been friendlY' with the Nicobarese. who apparently had gone out hunting, also returned Likewise, those now found in Galathea have also never armed with about 10 or 12 javelins and started talking been friendly in the past, the friendly ones living mostly to the party as though he had known them for years. near the mouth of these big rivers and mentioned by After they were photographed and more presents were Boden Kloss, have either been decimated by disease or given, the party returned to the canoe followed by the have been wiped out by the hostile Sham-Pens after Headman who was promised clothes, dahs and an axe at they were weakened by disease. The present Expedi the camp. These Sham-Pens had no axe, and the dah tion in its extensive exploration, both along the Coast they had was a very poor specimen, very old and worn and the interior, counted only 48 Shom-Pens-14 men, out. The Headman, though he got into the canoe with 21 women and 13 children. Even if it is reckoned that out much persuasion, became very nervous; and at every there is an equal number that escaped contact by the bend of the river on the downward journey he wished party, the maximum number of Sham-Pens now in Great to get ashore and walk home. He was however persuad Nicobar can not be more than 100. It is noteworthy ed to stay on. The party had not gone a mile down that out of 13 children only two belong to the friendly stream when the two boys, with all the javelins they group. could collect, appeared on the bank all agitated and angry, and threatened to kill everyone of the party if Their Appearance their man was not set ashore at once and on the spot. The Shorn-Pens of Dagmar river, both r.1en and He had worked himself to such a pitch that his naked women, are sickly and will probably die out completely body showed that he was trembling in every limb from in a few years. Those found elsewhere, especially the head to foot, and that he was ready to execute his threat menfolk, are fine specimens of human beings, everyone if it is not obeyed. with the appearance of a very good athlete. They are The party immediately allowed the Headman to land not so strong or so robust as the Nicobarese; but they and requested him to follow the canoe to the camp. He are tough and wiry. Their women however appeared agreed and followed the canoe for about half a mile weak, and in most cases sickly. They are also darker and shouted back whenever the party shouted from the than the Coastal Nicobarese. They have a luxuriant boat. At this stage one of the Nicobar guides got ashore growth of hair on their head, but none on their fare or hoping to lead the Shorn-Pens to camp. On the shore body. The hair varies from straight to curly, but is not he shouted to them and there was no answer or any frizzly. The general appearance of the Shorn-Pens is sign of them and he arrived at the camp alone. After distinctly Malayan. two or three hours, the guides were sent again to the Shorn-Pen huts with clothes, dahs and other presents, with instructions to leave all the presents in their huts Their Houses if they are not there. When they arrived they found These wild tribes have no settled homes, but wander the huts deserted; they however left all the presents in about from place to place living in the crudest huts the huts. possible. These huts are built on piles varying in height The Nicobar guides were extremely nervous in from 3 ft. to about 7 or 8 ft., with a rough platform and Galathea river; and when it was suggested that the a rough roof of palm leaf. In all the explorations, only Expedition will next shift to Campbell Bay and Trinkat one hut of a permanent nature, of the same bee-hive Champlong Bay on the east, they were vehement that form which is a common feature of the dwelling of the the Shorn-Pens will attack the party. However, these Coastal Nicobarese, raised about 6 ft. from the ground, objections were over-ruled; and the first camp on the was seen Ilear Trinkat-Champlong Bay on the East East Coast was made at Campbell Bay. At this place Coast. Even this had been abandoned. Huts on tree [Lxxiii] 17 HOME/54 APPENDIX F tops mentioned by Boden Kloss were not seen at all. up in palm leaves, hang them up on small trees at the Probably they have discarded this type of hut. mouth of the rivers. The Nicobarese collect them periodically, and similarly leave whatever they consider Theil' Food and Water is a reasonable price" They occassionally meet also. Their mode of life differs but slightly from the Their Garden Nicobarese. The staple food of both Nicobarese and Sham-Pens is Pandanus. They cook them in a well They are fond of gardening, and have been practis made boat-shaped vessel of sheets of bark of Trema ing it for generations. All along the banks of the big ambionensis, or of Tenninalia manii, or of Anthocephalus rivers, occasional groups of coconut trees 60 or 70 years candamba, or bark of similar species. The cooking pot old, groups of betel nut palm, and an occasional lime is about 5 ft. long. 2 to 2~ ft, high and about 2 ft. wide. tree, all now abandoned and neglected, are still found. The strips of bark are about 9" to 12" wide. One There are a large number of new gardens half an acre strip is folded lengthwise with the rough surfaces out to an acre in extent, planted with very good variety of wards to form a large trough and the bottom of the pot. bananas, tapioca, colocasia. tobacco, yarns and Pandanus. The folded ends are inserted between two sticks tied The biggest garden, about 3 acres, on a hill slope of tightly together and driven to the ground. Sides· arE' Mount Chaturvedi, was found near Trinkat-Champlong then built up with other strips, the ends being inserted Bay. In this area all trees big and small had been between the sticks. The whole is tightly bound up with felled and their branches cut and removed. There was strips of cane passing round from stake to stake and no burning. Colocasia, bananas, yams and toabcco were along the overlapping edges as well. The stakes at the the plants raised. They do all their digging and plant centre are driven about 2 ft. apart to cause a bulge ing with strong sticks with pointed ends. Pandanus is and give it a boat shape. A number of short round raised by cuttings and these produce big fruits even canes are inserted at the bottom, and this helps easy when the plant is only 3 to 4 ft. high, when all the lifting of the contents when cooked. They can make natural trees produce fruits at a height of 30-40 ft. fire by striking dry sticks. But this need never arises, Apart from these gardens, at every encampment they as they keep their home fire always burning. plant bananas and 'Colocasia near their huts. They hunt pigs, catch fish and collect fresh water mussels to supplement Pandanus. Fish however is not Their Dress and Ornaments plenty in these rivers, and pigs are rare. Both men and women go about naked except for a They are very fond of chewing betel nuts and betel loin cloth made of bark worn by women, and a strip of leaves. They obtain lime for this purpose by burning cloth worn by men, in the same manner as the Nicobarese shells of mussels found in fresh water. do with a tail behind. The bark cloth of a woman is They are very particular of water supply, and never about 6 ft. to 8 ft. long and about 2~ ft. wide. In the drink water from any of the big streams or their big olden days, Boden Kloss found them wearing ear rings branch streams. They drink only the crystal clear water made of bamboo (Dino-chloa andamanica) with pointed coming in little streamlets straight from the wooded ends. In this Exploration, only Akanyo, the Jubliee hills and in little cataracts. They usually carry their river Sham-Pen was seen with these rings. Evidently water supply in jars and jugs collected from the shores it is out of fashion with them now. The friendly Shom or in tubes or in troughs made of the spathes of Areca Pens wear ordinary clothes obtained from the Nicobarese palm. by barter; and whether wild or not they all wear their They are fond of bathing, and rarely miss a chance clothes with a tail behind in the Nicobarese fashion. The of a dip and a wash when they are near these rivers. wild Shom-Pens wear necklaces made of broken coral pieced together. Domestic Animals Of the domestic animals, only dogs have got into Customs, Manners and-Language their encampment. In Dagmar, their mouth had been A Shom-Pen encampment usually has 10 to 15 persons, muzzled to prevent them from barking. The Alexandra including women and children. The oldest man is Sham-Pens had no dogs; but they all had one or two usually the Headman; but it is not known what control small wild pigs in cages below their huts. The friendly he has over others. Sham-Pens have dogs, cats, domestic pigs and chickens. The Sham-Pens, whether wild or friendly, were seen with only a wife each. The wife and husband with Their Industry their children live separately in a little shed of their They make small canoes with outrigger to take two own. Any relative, even an ailing mother or father, or three persons, and these are used only in rivers. lives in a separate shed but close-by. The maximum They make baskets of ratten and of palm spathe, and number of sheds seen in anyone place was six in cloth from the inner bark of two species of Ficus. One Dagmar. Men of 50 or 60 years were not found any gives whitish cloth and the other reddish. They manu where in this Exploration. Old and ailing women about facture a javelin or dart with an iron head. This is 50-60 years old were found in JUbliee and Dagmar used for warfare or for hunting pigs. They are never rivers and also in Trinkat-Champlong Bay, all living in seen outside their huts without 10 or 12 javelins, at separate little huts. least three or four of them with iron heads. They Boden Kloss and other observers have said that these throw these about 50 yards and are deadly accurate. Sham-Pens are very timid. It is unfair to call them While walking in jungle they frequently throw these timid. In Alexandra river, the lone Sham-Pen hearing javelins at a target, trying to show their skill in this art. the party shout, shouted in return, sent away his wife The friendly Shom-Pens have long been used to and children, waited until he could see who was shouting, clothes. They obtain garments, beads, knives, axes, and with all his Javelins walked straight to the party, tobacco, etc., by barter. They are very good at splitting ready poised to strike. Similarly in Galathea valley, canes. They tie up these canE'S into bundles, and only two boys, one about 18 years and the other 10 or together with bundles of betel nut and limes wrapped 11 years old, boldly came out with all javelins they [Lxxiv] APPENDIX F could collect, to face two strong and hefty Nicobarese were very particular that no one Expedition party with who showed themselves and three more of the party cold or other ailment should remain in their encamp hiding just close behind, They did not flinch even for ment. It was gathered that influenza and poliomyelitis a second when all the five appeared on the scene. They killed a large number of them and some are still suffer are therefore by no means cowards or timid. On the ing from the after effects of poliomyelitis. other hand the Nicobarese, though strong, robust and hefty, are terribly frightened of the wild Sham-Pens. Conclusion They appear to be very hospitable. They offer pan (betel leaf, betel nut and lime) liberally. While out in From the numerous gardens now found abandoned jungle, they collect edible roots and shoots and offer all along the big rivers, and from the fact that they have them to their guests. In Alexandra river, they allowed been able to wipe out all Nicobarese on the East Coast, a very big bunch of ripe red bananas, the only bunch it is evident that their number must once have been they had, to be taken by the Nicobarese guides, In large. Influenza in 1918, and poliomyelitis in 1947, have Dagmar river, a green bunch of bananas was offered to so reduced their number that they have not been able to the Expedition party which they accepted. They freely attack the Coastal Nicobarese for many years now. It gave a number of their iron headed javelins and also is unlikely that they will attack any more, especially their bark cloth to the members of the Expedition party. after this friendly contact made by the Expedition party The language of the Sham-Pens differs from that of with the Sham-Pens living many miles in the interior the Nicobarese, and the language of the wild Sham-Pens of these impenetrable forests. The latest action of these differs from that of the friendly tribes. But they appear hostile and much dreaded Shom-Pens near Trinkat :0 understand each other. Their pronunciation and Champlong Bay, coming on their own and taking the accents are so much alike that a non-Nicobarese sees no party to their encampment and their garden, goes to difference in their language. show that word has gone forth to all the Sham-Pens in the wilds that the party of strangers is friendly and Their Health and Condition helpful, and means no harm. It is therefore hoped that The friendly Sham-Pens are weak and emaciated, these Sham-Pens will no more be hostile. They are and everyone was found suffering from cough and cold however just on the borderl line of friendship and or some lung ailment, Some women were seen with hostility, and their future behaviour depends on the next elephantiasis and poliomyelitis in Dagmar river. It is Expedition. One false step will drive them back again only a question of few years before these people dis to hostility, just as the Jarawas in the Andamans, once appear. On the other hand, the wild Sham-Pens are all friendly, have now been driven ,to be our implacable strong, tough. and wiry, and also very healthy. One and ruthless enemies. There should be an Anthropo woman in Galathea appeared to have suffered from Polio logical Expedition as early as possible, and for a longer myelitis; she was limping. The Galathea Sham-Pens period, before the effects of this friendly visit wear off. [LXXV] PART II TABI-IES GENERAL POPULATION TABLES TABLE A,.l-AREA, HOUSES AND POPULATION This table shows the area, 1l11111Ler of villages awl occupied houses and thc total Rural/UrLan population with break up by sexes. The area figures are furni8hed by the Snrveyor General of India. There are no towns in this State. Occupied Houses Area ill sq. miles YiJlages Towns r--.---__...___------~ state Total }lural lJrIJau (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) AndBman & Nicobar Islands 3,215 201 5,aOJ 3,408 1,892 FOTest Camps Motor Iaunc]ws .ships. Population r------~------, ,.--.____ Per~oIls-A... ______-, .--_____A-- Males _____-, ,.--.____ Females.A...... _____ -, state Total Rnral Urban Total Rural .l:rIJan Total Rural lJrban (1) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (10) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 30,971 22,957 8,014 19,055 13,815 5,240 11,916 9,142 2,774 Forest Camps ::,552 :!,j5:! 2,360 2,3UO 1!J:1 IfJ:J Motor Launches 96 22 74 96 22 14 Ship' 216 ;]16 216 :J16 • TABLE A-II-VARIATION IN POPULATION DURING FIFTY YEARS This table ~hows the growtlJ of pOlJUlatioll (sex-wise) in the Stat() during the last fifty years 1901-1951. Persons Variation Net variation :lIIales Variation Females Variation Year 1901-1951 (1) (~) (0) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 1901 24,049 18,695 5,954 1911 26,459 + 1,810 19,570 +875 6,889 +935 19?-[ 27,086 +627 20,703 +1,223 6,293 -596 1931 29,463 +2,377 19,702' -1,091 9,761 +3,468 1941 33,768 +4,305 21,458 +1,756 12,310 +2,fi4il 1951 30,971 -2,797 +6,322 19,055 -2,403 11,916 -394 3 TABLE A-III-TOWNS AND' VILLAGES CLASSIFIED BY POPULATION This table gives the distribution of villages in the State at:cording to their population (sex-wise). Villages rall under the following five groups. Towns~ ______and yillages withA--- less than______2,000 population~ '1'ot,,1 No. of inhabited towns Tutal Population Total r------..___ ..A...______~ and villages ~------~---~------~ State Persons Males }"emales Number Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 201 30,971 19,055 11,916 200 16,843 10,632 TOWIlS and villages with less than 2,000 populatiun r------~------~------~J,e88 than 500 500-1,000 1,000-2,000 r------~------~ ~------~--~-~-~ r------~------~ state Number Males :Females Number Males Females Number l1ales Females (1) (U) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (13) (16) (17) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 189 12,103 6,973 I) 3,250 3,004 2 1,490 655 Towns and villages with a population of 2,000 aud above r--- Total 2,000-5,000~------~ 5,000 and above r--______A-______~ c------~-----~--, ~------A------~ State Number Males :Females Number ~Iales Females Number Males Females (1) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) Andaman & Nicobllr Islands 1 2,212 1,284 1 2,212 1,284 N.B. -The llopulution figul'e~ given above include the figures for the }<'oregt Camps, Motor Launches and ShillS also . • *TABLE A-IV-TOWNS CLASSIFIED BY POPULATION WITH VARIATIONS SINCE 1901 *TABLE A-V-TOWNS ARRANGED TERRITORIALLY WITH POPULATION BY LIVELIHOOD CLASSES 'Since there is no town in these Islands, Tables A·IV and A-Y haye not heen prepared. 4 ECONOMIC TABLES TABLE B-l-LIVELIHOOD CLASSES AND SUB-CLASSES This table gives the distribution of the population wit.h Rural/Urban break-up in the Islands accurrling to prillcipal means of livelihood, self-supporting persons, earning dependants and non-earmng dependants. The principal means of livelihood of non-earning and earning dependants is taken to be the same as that of the self-su pportillg persons on whom they depend. ,--______AgrienlturalJ.... ______Classes '"""'"\ All Agricult ural ClaS;"S ~------~------'"""'"\ Self· Non- Toial Pupulation Total ~up}Jorting earning Enrning pCftiOnS depelldant::; dependants "..-____ ~_J.... _____~ ,--_____..A.. _____, ,-__..A.. ____, ,-___..A.. __---., r---..A..-~-:-'\ State Persons 1I1ales :Females PerSOlll:i lIlalc" .Fel1l3les Males .Felllalf'b Mah's Femalctl lIlales FcwaJes (1) (2) (3) (4) (:i) (6) (7) (S) (U) (HI) (11) (l~) (18) Andamau & Nicobar Islands Total 30,971 19,055 11,916 4,111 2,377 2,03.1 1,:224 153 960 1,861 193 20 Rural 22,957 13,815 9,142 4,213 2,28;) 1,9:30 1,1,6 147 1>22 1,756 185 17 Uruan. ~,O14 5,240 2,71'4 19R 9·1 104 4" 6 3~ 05 8 3 Agricultur~l Cla~~m; r------..A.._---·-·------·--~~l I-Cultivators of land wholly or maiuly owned 8Dd their depen(laDt::; ,------~------, Total Se1f~supporting persons Non-e:uning dependants :Earning dependants ,---___...A._._~ r-----~---_.... r------...A...-_~ ,--.-----'------, ~tate :llales Females lIlales Females Males Females Males }'emalcs (1) (14) (15) (16) (17) (1~) (1~) (~O) (21) Audamau & Nicobar Island! Total 2,177 /,890 1,08.5 120 P06 1,1'.)2 186 18 Rural 2,0\)6 1,794 l,On 115 R74 1,6M 181 15 Uruan 81 Uti 41 :12 ~8 5 3 4grieultural Classee ,..-______...A...- ______------1 II-Cultivators of land wholly or mainly unowned and their dependant,:; r------..A.._------~-__- ______1 Total Self-8upportin~' persons Non-earning dCP(,lld~lIlts I':arning depelld:1ntc; r----_....A.. __--, ,-----..-A--~--l ,.-___....A.. _____, ,.------A..----l State lIlales Females Moles Females ]\[ales Femnles ~[ales Fern"I,,, (1) (22) (23) (24) (25) (27) (2") (?P) Audaman & Nicobar Islands Total 71 58 10 32 59 Rural 69 57 10 28 57 2 Urban. 5 2 4 2 A!!ricllltnrnl Cla"cE r------.... ----_____ ...A... ______"""""'"\ ,---______III-Cultivating lebourers___ Jo... ______1nd their dependant'______"""""'"\ rrotal Sblf-1\upporting persons Non-earning dependants Earning depellliants r---...A..._----.... ~----A---__.... r----...A...----~ ~---...A...---__, State Males Females }{alcE Females Males FemAles }lales FcmHI~s (1) (3!l) (31) (32) (;J?) (::4) (:15) (:<6) , (37) Andamau & Nicobar Islands Total 85 f6 71 10 11 .']6 Rural 83 16 69 10 14 36 Urban. 2 2 _ 17 Home/54 5 II TABLE B-l-LIVELIHOOD CLASSES AND SUB-CLASSES~collld. ,------"------,Agricultund Cla~ses ,..--______IV-Non-cultivating owners of land ; Agricultural-....A. ______rent receivers ftun their d{;pendants. ______-, llersom; d('p('ndflnt~ , ___Total..A-.....-_-_.. Sf'lf-supporting Non-earning Earning• __ __.A...dependants ____ _._ r----____.A,__,_-~ ,------"'-----...... _, state :!,lales l!'ema!p:; Males Female. Males Yemales Males Females (I) (38) (~9) (to) (41) (4~) (43) (44) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 'l'otal 21 27 10 13 8 14 3 Rural :.!1 9 6 9 1:rhau, 6 Xon-Agricilltural C1H8sPS r------~-~------~ All ~on-Agricultural Classes ,------.. _--"------" Self-supporting Non-earning Earning ,--______Total..A... ______-, persons dependants deptnd~nts ,----_...___----.. r----'----, r-__"__--~ State Persons Males Ji't;>ma.Ies Males Females Males Females .11ales }'pmales (1) Pll) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (:'2) (53) (54) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 26,.;60 16,678 9,88:! P,tili 440 4,121 5,492 ,3,040 3,9.'i0 Rural 18,7H 11,532 7,212 5 1 845 274 2,686 3,024 3,001 3,\\14 U!'uan, 7,~16 f.,146 ~,(j70 3,f,7i It;G 1,435 :!,468 30 26 Nun-Agricultural Classes r---~--" .. - -.._------~---~------...... --~-.-. -~------~ ------, Person.s (iJldudiH~ deVClluants) who derive their principal meaw~ of livelihood froIll ,------"------"------~ r-----,__;..-... ______~ ____V-Production....______• __ other...A_. ______(,han cultivation _. Tntal Relf-supportingr-____....A. ____ ptrS01l8~ Non-earning dependants Earning dependants ,--____ ._....A.... ____--, • _____.A- ___----.. , ____J- __~ State JlIales Females :liales Females ~{ales Females Males FCInnlcs (1) (55) (5'i) (5i) (5~) (59) (no) (61) (o:!) ~.ndaman & Nicobar Islands Total 10,638 6,892 5,072 114 2,60:j 2,8.,}8 2,959 ,3,890 Rural 8,SH 6,Hj4 3,Ei~2 121 2,244 2,157 2,948 i~,S86 Urban,. 1,7G~ 7:28 1,:3\10 ~3 361 701 11 4 N nIl~ AlZl'icultl1rnl Classes r------~------~ ______. ______...A...______. ,---______Per~ollb (illc1ud~ng dependa.nt.s) who derive-A--- their______principal means of livelihood from , VI-Commeree ,------"'------, 'rotal i'elf-Eupporting persons Non-earning dependants Ilarning dePendant,s , ___.A-- __~ ,--_____.....__~ ,..--___A ____"""""\ ,--__:'_"_ ___ _. 5t.,.!e :Ma]es }"ema}es )IaJes FemaJcs :Males Females, l\Iales Females (1) (63) (6G) (66) (67) (G8) (69) (70) Andaman & Ni~obar Islands Total 935 :;02 651 49 26Y. 44( 22 6 Rural 291 84 ~:{!) 1:2 42 72 10 Urban, 644 418 Hz :;7 :!~u :·rj.-:J 1:2 6 6 TABLE B-I-LIVELIHOOD CLASSES AND SUB-CLASSES-concld. Non·Agricultural Classes ,------__....__ ___.." ....----_._------"------,Persons (including dependants) who derive their principal means of livelihood from Vll-Transport ...... Total Self·su ppm'ling persons N on·earning dependants Earning dependants r-----..J..-_---, .--__.J.,.._ __ -, ,--___J.. ___-, ,---__-A-- ____...... State lIlales Femalt>s lITales Females lIlales Females Males Females (1) (71) (72) (7:1) (74) (75) (76) (77) (78) Andaman & Nicobar Islands TCilal 7.17 3.51; 529 201 ,117 7 9 Rural 3G8 333 30 73 5 4 " {'"rha.n 3G9 279 196 171 ~74 2 5 Non-AgrkuJtural Classes .------""'------~ P('r~on9- (including depf'ndant::;) who derive Ulf'lr principal mf'aus of liveiihood [rmn ------___-"- ______-----, r------4 ,------"------,------VIII-Other services and nlj~cf:llaneous sources. r---'Total__.A. ____ -, <. Self~sllpporting persons Non-t:t.arning dependants Earning dependants r----"------, ,-----"-----, ,---__..A...__~ State )[ale8 Females ;\[.Ies Females M.les Females Males Females (1) (79) (80) (81) (8~) (80,) (84) (85) (8(;) Andaman & Niconar Islands .Tutal 4,.170 2,1.12 :~,26!) 24i 1,0';" 1,840 62 4,j Rural 1,999 887 1,591 141 370 722 38 24 Urban 2,371 1,245 1,674 106 68:3 1,118 14 21 7 TABLE B-II-SECONDARY MEANS OF LIVELIHOOD In this table self-supporting persons and earning dependants in each of the eight principal means of livelihood classes, are classified according to their secondary means of livelihood if they have any. The classification for secondary means of livelihood is the same as that for principal means of livelihood. This table furnishes only the State figures. ~umber of persans deriving their Secondary Means of Livelihood from ~------~------~ Cultimtion of owneu lallu Cultivation of unowneu land ~ ______--__ --_--A------~ r------.-...... __------, Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- Earning porting depen- pOrting depen- Total persons dants Total perSOllS daills ,-----"--, ,---";'____ -, , ___.A. __ , Prineipal l\leans of .---.A-....----., ,.------'-__---,. ,--__A.._~ Uvelihood Mulrs FemalPR l\iales Females M.ales Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (:J) (4) (6) (7) (8) (\J) (10) (ll ) (12) (13) Andaman & Nicobar Islands All Ar/ricllltuTal Cla8s," JY 3 80 80 I-CultivatorR of Iaml 1 \J 19 3 79 79 wholly or mainly owned II-Cultivators of land wholly or mainly unowned III--Cuitivating labonr- ers IV-X on' cultivating owners of land; Agricultural rent rf'cf':ivers .. HI ~Yon~Aqr':cll{t/('r((1 824. j2 816' 10 Ii 2 71 3 Clas~es V-Prodllction nt,her 65'1 21 21 t.han cultivation VI-Commerce 16 15 6 6 VII ~- Tral"port H 1:3 21 20 1 VIII-Other services and 141 3 136 2 5 1 26 24 2 IniscellaneOlls sources , ______Number of persons deriviug their...... A- ___Secondary~ ______Means of Livelihood from ~ ______--. Employment as ~ultivating Iahourer Rent on agricultural land r------'------~ , ______.A..-- ______._, Self-sup- Earning Self-sup- :Earnlng porting depen- porting depen- Total persons dants Total persons dants Principal Me"l1s of r-----~ ,___...___--._ r----...A..~ ,----'-----, .---~ r-..A..___ -, JAvelihood Males Females lIfales Females lIfales Females lIfales Females MaJes Females Males }'emale. (1) (l4) (1,'» (W) (1 i) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (24) (25) Andaman & Nicobar Islands All AQriclIltunli ('/(l8sn 42 2 42 1 1 1 1 J-CllltivatiorR of lan!l 42 42 2 1 1 wholly or mainly owned II-Cultivators of land 1 wholly or mainly unowned III-Cultivating labour- ers IV-Non-cultivating own ers of land: Agri (,ultural rent reed vers All Son·Agric1l1lural 3 7R 5 77 2 Cl(l~sf's V-Production other 3 21 21 than cultivation VI-Commerce (I G VII-Transport 4 1 4 1 VIH- -Other' ,ervier, and 1 47 4 ·Hi 1 mi~cellan{'oliR sources 8 TABLE B-II-SECONDARY MEANS OF LIVELIHOOD-concld. Number of persons deriving their--"------, Secondary Means ofI.. ivelihood from r------.-A..------Production other than cultivation_____ ------, ,---______Commerce_A ______--, Self-.up- Earning Self-sup- Earning porting depen. porting depen- Total persons dants Total persons ,--____dants....A... ___ , ,--__.A- __ ~ Principal Means of .----"---. ,-----'---, ..--A--, ,-----'-----, Livelihood Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females :Males :Fcmales Males Females (1 ) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (3~) (:1;3) (:14) (35) (:)6) (37) Andaman & Nicobar Islands All Agric!lltural CIa ..,. 61 ,1 60 " 102 6 97 ,3 .5 3 I-Cultivato", of land 49 4" 91 5 87 2 4 :I wholly or mainly owned II-Cultivators of land 6 6 wholly or mainly unowned Ill-Cuitivatiug la.hour~ ~ :; 4 4 ers IY-N 0 n ~ cultivating 2 2 1 owne-rs of land; Agricultural rpntJ receivers All Non-Agricultural 3,041 .1,8,92 129 !I 2,912 3,88.1 110 2J 72 (J 38 77 Classes V-Production other 2,917 3,RRI 18 2,899 3,8RO 43 21 22 than cultivation VI-0omlllerce 68 3 G6 11 2 38 6 26 3 12 3 VII-Trang port ]6 16 7 5 2 VIII-Other service~ and 40 8 29 5 11 3 22 15 20 2 2 13 mis('ellfinpOlls '- Number of perSOliS deriving their ~econdary Means of Livelihood from r------.------~------, Transport ,---______Other serviees and ...A... mis{'(>l1aneolls ______sources --, ,------"------~ Self.sup- Earning SeJf-sup- Earning porting depen- porting depen- Total persons persons ,----.A...___ , danls Total ,-----.A.dants___ , Principal Means of ,-___...._-~ ..--A---. ~'"' ,----"------, .Li,,~lihood Males Fenlalf's Males Females lIIales }"emales Males Females Male. }'emale. Males Fetnales (1) (38) (30) (40) (41) (H) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) Andamsn & Nicobar Islands All AgrimtltllTal Classes 4 4 152 19 106 8 46 11 I-Cultivators of lam! 4 4 143 15 lO~ 5 41 1() Wholly or mainly owned II-Cultivators of land 3 wholly or mainly unowned III-Cultivating lahour· 1 ers IV-Nan-cultivating own- 6 2 ·1 2 2 ers of land; Agri- cu1tural rent recei- vers} All Non-Agricultural 20 /i 15 116 56 54 14 (]2 42 Classes V-Production other 11 11 64 10 ~8 3 26 7 than cultivation VI-Commerce 3 2 13 4 6 :; VII-Transport 3 2 4 6 2 2 G VIII-Other services ann 3 2 35 33 7 28 26 miscellaneous Sources 9 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS This table shows the classification of -the self-supporting persons ill non-agricultural classes according to their secondary economic status, namely Employers, Employees and Independent Workers and their distribution in the various divisions and sub-divisions of Industries and Services. The Industries and Services are classified under this Scheme into 10 Divisions which arc, again sub-divided into 88 Sub-Divisiom. All Industries and Services r---.------A. Independent Total Employers Employees Workers ~~ _____A______~ ,-__.-A- ___---, ,-______A. __-----, r---~_, State Pel'"ons ~riiles Fem:lles :Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 'l'o(aZ fJ,922 9,482 440 48 2 7,415 185 2,019 .30.') Rurrtl 6,OS4 5,810 274 8 4,306 48 l,4!J7 226 Urban. 3,838 3,672 166 40 2 3,110 87 522 77 ,-____ Dicision O-Primary Indu8triesJ-.______not elsewhere specified _, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-______.A.__~_~ ,-____,.A.__~~ ,---____.A. __~ r-----_,_A_-~ Rtate Males Females ?>lales l!'emales Males Females Males Females (1) (11) ( 12) (13) (14) (16) (16) (17) (18) Andaman & Nicobar Islands '}_'otal 4,1,j,; 126 5 .3,011 2.Z 1,139 104 Rural 3,435 122 2,309 20 1,126 102 Urban. 720 4 5 702 2 13 2 O.l-Stock Raising ,------"------., Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-----"------, r-----"------., ,-----"------, ,------"------., State Males Females ,,{ales Females Males Females ?>{ales Females (1) (H) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) Andaman it Nicobar Islands Total .59 59 Rural 59 59 Urban. 10 TABLE B-III~EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-conid. O.2--Ref1ring of small animals and insects ,------.------"----~------_- ~ Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r------'------... ,------"---.--~~ ,-----_....__----, ,-____...A... ____ ~ Stato }Iales Females :'>bles ]'emales :.\'Iales Pemales }Iales Females (1) (27) (28) (2n) (31) (31) (32) (33) (34) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Tutal 2 2 Rural 2 U~ban . O.3-Plantation Industries r------.------_,A.______. ______- ~ Tobl Employers Employees Independent Workers r--.---"------, ,------"'------, ,----__;..._-~--. --., r-----"------. State Males Females Males Females Males Pemales Males Pemales (1) (35) (36) (37) (38) (3n) (40) (42) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 1,228 10.'] 4 150 1 1,074 102 Rural 1,201 101 138 1 1,063 100 Urban. 27 2 4 12 II 2 O.4--;-Forcstry and collection of products not elsewh('re specified • ,------"------., Total Employers Employees lndependent Workers ,--_____ -"-___~ ,-__ ~_..A_ ____~ ,-____ _A... _____~ ,-____---"- ___. __ -..... State :\Iales Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (43) (44) (4;;) (46) (47) (48) (49) (.:;0) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 'l'elal 2,836 21 1 2,801 21 34 Rural :!,144 In :!,111 1!J 33 Urban. 602 6no 0.5---Hunting (including trapping and G'Lme Propagation) r------_..JI,.__------1 Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-____...A- ____, r-----___A_-~~ ,-____ ...A-___---.,_ ,---~-----"------~ State Males Pemales ll1ales Pemales i\'Iales Pemales Males Females (1) (51) (52) (53) (54) (65) (56) (57) (58) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 10 10 Rural 10 10 Urban. 11 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. O.6-Fishing ,.------._A..______~ Total }ijmployers Employees Independent Workers ,.--___.A._----., ,.--___.A._------, ,..------"------., r---___.A._--~ State Males Females Males Females M>tles Females M>tles :Females (I) (5!J) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (63) (66) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 22 1 21 Rural 21 20 Urban. Division l-";Uininy and Quarrying ,------.. Total Employer~ Employees Independent Workers ,.--____..A- ____, r---~..A..-----__"") r------A....---~ r------A..----~ ~tate Males Fem;Lles Males Females Males Fem>tle~ Males Females (1) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71) (72) (73) (74) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban. l.O-Non-llletallic mining and quarrying not othel'wi~e classified -A ______~ Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r---_ __.A._ ___~ ,.------'------.., r----___A__--~ r--___,A_----, 8tate Males Females ~Iales Females Males Females Males Females (1) (75) (76) (77) (7S) (7!J) (SO) (81) (S2) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban. l.l-Coal mining ,.------"- -.. Total Employers EmployeE'S Independent,.--___.A. __ Workers---., ,.--___A __~ ,.------"'----~""l ,------'-----., 8tate Maks Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (84) (S5) (86) (87) (88) (8!J) (90) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban. 12 TABLE B-JII-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 1.2-Iron ore mining ------~ Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-____.A.. _____ .., ,-_~_...A._ __~ ,-__--A. __ ---, r------"----~ State Males Females l\{ales Females Males Females Males Females (1) (91) (92) (93) (94) (95) (96) (97) (98) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban. ,-______1.3-Metal mining..A. except ______iron ore mining -., Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r-----A---~ r----__,..._---~ ,------'----~ ,------"'------, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (99) (100) (101) (102) (103) (104) (105) (106) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban ,-______lA-Crude Petroleum..A. ______and Natural Gas -, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-___-A._-._---") r----..A..---~ ,----A..------"'t ,-______A_ ____-, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (107) (108) (109) (110) (lll) (112) (113) (1l4) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban. l.5-Stone-quarrying, clay and sand pits ~ ----, Total EIllployers Employees Independent Workers ,-____ ..A.___ ----, ,-_____,A._ ____~ ,-___..A. __----, ,----~------, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (115) (116) (117) (118) (119) (120) (121) ( 122) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban, 17 Home/5~ 13 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. I.6-Mica ,.------"------, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,.-_~ ,------"-___--, ,.-____.A. ____ -, , ____ ..A ____ ---, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (123) (124) (125) (I26) (127) (128) (129) (130) Andaman & Nicobar IslandS Total Rural Urbl\u. ,.-______1.7-Salt. saltpetre .A. and______saline substances --, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,.-__---"-- __-, ,.-___--"- ___----, ,.-____.A. ____ -, ,.-____..A- ___---, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males ]!'emales (I) (131) (132) (133) (134) (135) (136) (137) (138) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban. Division 2-Processing and Mannfacture-FoodsIIlJfs, Textiles, Leather and Product8 thereof _.A,_ __~ ______-, ,.- Total Employers Employees Independent ~Workers ,.-__-.-..A..- ___-, ,.------"------, ,.------"------, ,.-____.A. ___ -, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (139) (140) (141) (142) (143) (144) (145) (146) Andaman & Nicobar IslandY Total 122 7 1 65 1 66 6 Rural 29 25 4 Urban. 93 7 1 30 62 6 2.0-Food Industries otherwise unclassified ,-______..A.. ______~ ____ ---, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-____-A.. ___------, ,-_____..A ___----., ,.-____..A- ____-, ,-____..A.. ____ ..., State Males Females Males Females Males Females M"les Females (1) (I47) (I48) (I49) (I50) (I5I) (152) (153) (154) Andaman & Nicobar Islands • Total 4 4 Rural Urban. 4 4 14 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 2.1-Grains..A.. and _____ pulses _ -'------., Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,--____..A.. __------, ,-----_____A... .__ ~ r------"------> r------~ State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (155) (156) (157) (15S) (159) (160) (161) (162) Andaman & llicobar Islands Total 12 1 8 3 Rural 1 1 Urban. 11 1 7 3 ,--______2.2-Vegetable oil and..A.. ______dairy products -., Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-____..A.. ___---., ,--___--..A.. ___ ---., ,--_____A... __---., ,.-____-"--_--, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (163) (164) (165) (166) (167) (16S) (169) (170) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 16 16 Rural 15 15 Urban. 1 1 2.3-Sugar Industries ______..A.. ------._--., Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,------"------., ,----- ,- State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (171) (172) (173) (174) (175) (176) (177) (17S) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural. Urban. 2.4 -Beverages ,-___~------A------~ Total Employers Employees Independent Workers State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (I) (179) (ISO) (lSI) (IS2) (IS3) (IS4) (IS5) (IS6) Andr.man & Nicobar Islands Total 9 9 Rural 2 2 Urban. 7 15 12A TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 2.5-Tobacco ,------.--~------Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-___J.._ ____-, ,----"--.------, ,-----"----, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (I) (187) (188) (189) (190) (191) (192) (193) (194) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban 2.6-Cotton textiles r------~------~ Total Employers Employees Independent 'Workers ------, ,------"------, ,-- ~------, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (195) (196) (197) (198) (199) (200) (201) (202) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 10 9 1 Rural 1 Urban 9 . 2.7-Wearing apparel (except footwear) and made-up textile goods ---"------, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-___-A----... ___ -, ,-__----A. ___------, ,-----_j._._----, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (203) (204) (205) (206) (207) (208) (209) (210) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 61 6 8 1 53 5 Rural 5 2 3 Urban 56 6 6 1 50 5 2.8-Textile Industries otherwise unelassified -"------Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r---- ~------, ,------A------, ,------"------, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (211) (212) (213) (214) (215) (216) (217) (218) Andaman & Nico bar Islands Total 5 1 5 Rural 5 5 Urban 1 1 16 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 2.9-Leather, leather products and footwear ,------~------, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,..--__ .A.-__----, ,----"------, ,------'------, ~--__....A._ ____~ State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (I) (219) (220) (221) (222) (223) (224) (225) (226) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Tolal 5 5 Rural Urban 5 5 Division 3 -Processing and 1f[anufacture-Metals, Chemicals and Products thereof .A.- ~ --, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,------"------, ,-----_-.A.-__----, ,---__..A-. __ ~ --, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (I) (227) (228) (229) (230) (231) (232) (233) (234) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 474 12 458 12 16 Rural 144 135 \) Urban 330 12 323 12 7 ,--______3.0-Manufacture of metal productsA-. ______otherwise unclassified __ --, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,---.A.-__~ .--___--A------, ,-_____.A- ______.--, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (I) (235) (236) (237) (238) (239) (240) (241) (242) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 63 52 11 Rural 26 19 7 Urban 37 33 4 3.1-Iron and Steel (Basic Manufacture) ,------~ .------~ Total Employers Employees Independent Workers' .--______~"--_____, ~------.A..--__..., ,--_~____.., ~-----A.----, State Males Females Males Females ~fales Females Males Females (I) (243) (244) (245) (246) (247) (248) (249) (2ilO) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 2 Rural Urban 2 2 17 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 3.2-Non· Ferrous Metals (Basic Manufacture) Total l (1) (251) (252) (253) (254) (255) (256) (257) (258) Andaman & Nicobar blands Total Rural Urban 3·3-Transport Equipment Total Employers Employees Independent Workers --, ..A..- State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (259) (260) (261) (262) (263) (264) (265) (266) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 341 336' 5 Rural 116 114 2 Urban 225 222 3 3.4-Electrical machinery, apparatus, appliances and supplies ------~------, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,----_--A..____ ~ r------~----~ r--~ r---~-----'" State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (267) (268) (269) (270) (271) (272) (273) (274) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban 3.5-Machinery (other than electrical machinery) including Engineering Workshops r------, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,------.A------., r-----A---_____ r-----A-----_____ State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males . Females (I) (275) (276) (277) (278) (279) (280) (281) (282) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban 18 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 3.6-Basic Industrial Chemicals, Fertilisers and Power Alcohol -, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-___-"- __~ ,-___---A..- __-----.. ,-_____J,,__-----, ,-____J,,_ __ ---.. State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (283) (284) (285) (286) (287) (288) (289) (290) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban 3.7-Medical and Pharmaceutical Preparations __J,,____ _ ---, Total ,----__Employers-.-A- ______Employees Independent Workers r---~-----~ ,--______,.______r-----"------~ State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (291) (292) (293) (294) (295) (296) (297) (298) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban 3.8-Manufacture of chemical products otherwise unclassified ______J,,_ Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-____..A._ __ ------.. ,-____J,,_ __-----.. ,----"------.., ,-___--A- State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (299) (300) (301) (302\ (303) (304) (305) (306) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 68 12 68 12 Rural 2 2 Urban 66 12 66 12 Division 4-Proces8ing and Manufacture-Not el8ewhere specified ,-______J,,_ -, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-__---"--~ ,-_--J.- ,-. ___.A_. ___ ~ ,------"------, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (307) (308) (309) (310) (311) (312) (313) (314) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Tof Rural 74 67 7 Urban 247 199 48 19 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 4.0-Manufaeturing Industries otherwise unclassified ,-______J.,._ ____• ______., Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-___~_A_ ___~ ,------"'--- r----_.A,_---~ r------A..----~ State Males Females Males Females Males Females Mules Females (1) (313) (316) (317) (31S) (319) (320) (321) (322) Andaman & Nicobar Islands :f'otlLl 14 1 13 Rural 2 2 Urban 12 11 4.I-Products of petroleum and coal r------~-.-----A..------.------., Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r-----..A...----~ r----___A_-~.-~ r-----"---~ I---__"_---~ State l\bles Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (323) (324) (32[)) (326) (327) (32S) (329) (330) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Totnl Rural Urban 4.2-Bricks, tiles and other structural clay products r---~------}..------Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,.___ .A. ___----, r------"-----~ ,-__--A- ___--, ,------"------, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (331) (332) (333) (33!) (33.5) (336) (337) (33S) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Tobl Rural Urban 4.3-Cement-Cemcnt pipes and other cement products r----~------A------., Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-__-.....--"- ___--, ,-___--"'- ___~ ,-_____..A... ____--. ,.-___-.A. ____ --. State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (339) (340) (341) (342) (343) (344) (345) (346) Andamlln & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban 20 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 4.4-Non-metallic mineral products r--~------~----.."A.._~------~------. Total Employers Employee~ Independellt Worl,ers r------A----~ ,-___---A- ____.--... r----~.---A-----__..., ,.___ .."A.. ____ --. State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Femlfles (1) (347) (348) (349) (350) (351) (352) (353) (354) Andaman & Nicobar Islands TQta~ Rural Urban 4.5-Rubber products ,.-______..A- ______--. Total Employers Employees Independent'Vorkers ,.-____..A-______r---__.A._----~ ,------"------"1 r-----_A..----~ State Malee Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (355) (356) (357) (358) (359) (360) (361) (362) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban 4_6-Wood and wood products other than furniture and fixtures ______A_ ---, Total Employers Employees Independent W orker8 ,.-____.A.. __-----, ,--- ___..A- ___-----, r-----...A...------, ,------"------, State Males Females Males Females Males Females :Hales Females (I) (363) (364) (366) (366) (3(17) (368) (369) (370) Andaman & Nicobar Islands :l'otal 301 259 42 Rural 70 65 5 Urban 231 194 37 4.'i-FlIrniture and fixtures Total Employers Empl,)yees Independent W Ol'kers ,.-______A.____ ------, ,------"------., ,---_-----A__ ----. ,---~----, State MaJ~s Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (371) (372) (373) (374) (37.5) (376) (377) (378) Andman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban 17 Home/54 21 13 TABLE B-I1I-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES' AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 4.8-Paper and paper products ,------~------~ Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-______._J'o.. __-, ,-__--A- __---., ,-__.A_ __---., ,-__-A.. ____--, State Males :Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (3i9) (380) (3tH) (382) (383) (384) (38.3) (386) ADdamaD & Nicobar IslaDds Total Hural , LTrLau 4.9-Printing and Allied Industries ,------~------~ Tot",1 Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-___.A. ___ ~ ,-----"------, ,-_____.A.._--, r------.A.------, State l\lales Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1 ) (387) (388) (389) (390) (391) (392) (393) (394) ADdaman & Nicobar Islands Total 6 6 Rural Urban 4 4 Division 5-Conslruction and Utilities r------., Total Employers Employees Independent ''Yorkers r------"------., ,------"------., r-----....A.------., ,------"------., State Males Females ~iales Females Males Females Males Females (1 ) (395) (3U6) (397) (3U8) (39U) (400) (401) (402) Andamsn & Nicobar Islands Total 200 19 200 19 Rural 53 3 53 3 Urban 147 16 147 16 5.0-Construction and maintenance of works-otherwise unclassified ------"------., Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-.__ _A. ___ ---, ,-__..A..._------, r-___.A..----~ r------~..------, State MaleR 1<'emales :Males Females Males Fem,,[es Males Females (1) (403) (404) (405) (40ii) (407) (408) (409) (410) AndamSD & Nico~ar Islands 'folal 3 3 Hural 3 3 Urban 22 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 5.1-Construction and maintenance-Buildings ,------~ ------~--; Total Employers Employees Independent W or kers ,-___.A. ___ ----, ,-___.A. ___ ----, ,-___.A. ____--, ,-----'------~ State Males };'emales Males FemaleR Males Females Males Females (1) (411) (412) (413) (414) (415) (416) (417) (418) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 29 29 Rural 4- 4 Urban 25 25 5.2-Con~truction and maintenance-Roads, Bridges and other 'fransport vVorks ______.A. ______--. Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-___.A. _____. ,-____A _____ -, r:-~---" ,-----~- ---, State" Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (I) (411) (420) (421) (422) (423) (42-1) (425) (426) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 32 2 2 Rural 32 2 32 2 Urban 5.3-Constrnction and maintenanee-Telegraph and Telephone Lines ------~ ------, Total Employers Employees Independent 1-YorKers ,-____A ___-, ,-___.A. _____, ,-___.A. __----, r-~-----' State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (427) (428) (429) (430) (431) (432) (433) (434) Andamlln & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban 5.4-Construction and maintenance opemtions-Irrigation and other agricultural works ,------.A.. ----, Total Employers -Employees Independent Workers ,-----1--"----, ,-----"------, ,- ,- State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (435) (436) (437) (438) (439) (440) (441) (442) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Tolal 4 Rural 4 4 Urban 23 13A TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 5.G-Works and ::;ervices-Electric Power and Gas supply ------. Total Employers ·-}l~mpl()yecs Independent Workers ,-______A- ______~ ,-____..A.._.-----, ,-----"- ._---. ,----~------~ State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males }l'cmales (1) (-1+3) (H4) (445) (446) (447) (448) (449) (450) Andaman & Nicobar Isla nds Total 30 30 Rural 8 8 Urban 22 22 5.6-I,,"orks and Services--Domestic and Industrial water supply ,---- A_ Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,---~--.-, ,----"------, ,------"------, ,------"------, State Males Females Males Females Males Females .Males Females ( I) (4f') (452) (45:!) (454) (4.'>5) (4ti6) (457) (458) Andaman & Nica bar Islands Total Rura)· Urban 5.7-Sanitary Works and Serviees-Including scavengers ,-______..A.. ------, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r--____.A..._.-~ ,-____....A---:-_---. r-----"'-----, ,------"-----, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (459) (460) (461) (462) (463) (464) (465) (466) And.man & Nicabar Islands Total 102 17 102 17 Rural 2 2 Urban 100 16 100 16 Divi8ion 6-Comme1"ce --, Total Employers Employees Independent 'Yorkers ,------'------. ,----"- ,-----"------,------, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (I) (467) (468) (469) (470) (471) (472) (473) (474) Andllman & Nicobar Islands ']'olal 650 49 36 2 322 1 2[)2 46 Rural 239 12 5 184 50 12 '" Urban 411 37 31 2 138 1 242 34 24 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 6.0-Retail trade otherwise unclassified ,- ---A- Total Employers Employees Independent 'Workers ,-____..A.. ______-, ,-___..A.. ___ -, ,-_ __..A.. ,-____A_ __~_~ State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (475) (476) (477) (478) (479) (480) (481) (482) Andaman & Nieobar Islands Total 362 7 15 263 1 84 6 Rural 184 1 167 Hi Urhan 178 7 14 06 68 6 6.I-Retail trade in foodstuffs (including heverages and narcotics) ,- .A. Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-___.A_ ,- ,.----"----~ ,- State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1 ) (483) (484) (485) (486) ( 487) (488) (489) (490) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 220 23 13 2 49 158 21 Rural 36 8 2 8 26 8 Urhan 184 15 11 2 41 132 13 6.2-Retail trade in fuel (including petrol) .A______--, Total . Employers Employees Independent Workers ,----A- .__ ---., ,----A-__----, ,-____.A- ___--, ,-____.A. ____-, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (491) (-192) (493) (494) (405) (4!l6) (407) (4!l8) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 5 1 4 Rural 3 2 Urhan 2 2 ,---- Total Employers Employees ,-___ A. ___----. ,-___-A- __----. ,-_ __..A.. _____.._ ,-___A- --, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (499) (500) (5()1) (502) (5()3) . (504) (505) (506) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 37 2 5 32 Rural 3 3 Urhan • 34 2!l 25 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 6.4-Wholesale trade in foodstuffs r-,------~ Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-___.A..___ ------, r----__ .A. _____--, r-----A.-----, r----..A..------, State :Males Females Males Females Male~ Females Males Females (1) (507) (508) (509) (510) (511) (512) (513) (514) Andaman 41 Nicobar Islandi Total 1 1 Rural Urban 1 1 ______.A.6.5-Wholesale trade in commodities other than foodstuffs r------Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r-~-----~ ,-__-.A._----, ,- ,- State Males Females Males }<'emales Males Females Males Females (1) (515) (516) (517) (518) (519) (520) (521) (522) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 14 1 10 3 Rural l2 9 2 Urban 2 1 6.6-Real Estate ---. Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,------~------~ ,-~------~ ,-~------.. ,----"------., State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (523) (524) (525) (526) (527) (528) (529) (530) Andaman & Nicobllr IS):lnds Total 10 14 10 14 Rural 1 Urban 10 13 10 13 6.7-Insurance ------, Total ,-_ ___A_,Employers ______Employees Independent Workers ,-___.A. ______~ r------.A. '----, ,-'-----"------~ State Males Females Malos Females Males Females Males Females (1) (531) (532) (533) (534) (535) (536) _ (537) (538) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban 26 TABLE B-I1I-EMPI.. OYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN'INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 6.8-Moneylending, banking and other financial bnsiness -, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,------, ,-----'------, ,------'------, ,-----"- State lIlales Females 1Ilale8 Females lIIales :Females Male8 Females (1) (539) (540) (541) (542) (:;43) (54-1,) (545) (.546) Andaman & Nicobat Islands Total 1 3 1 :; RurRl 2 1 2 Urball Division 7-Transport, Storage and Communications ----, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-__--A._--, ,----A._-----, r-----_,A.._---~ ,-----"'----~ State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (I) (547) (548) (549) (550) (551) (552) (553) (554) Andaman & Nicobat Islands Total 604 2 588 14 Rural 354 352 I Urban 250 236 13 7,O-Transport and cc.mmunications otherwise unclassified and incidental services ,------"- -. Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,--___--A. ___ ----, ,-----"------.. ,-----~------.. ,----.-'------, State Males Females Males Females Males Females lIIales Females (1) (555) (556) (557) (55S) (339) (560) (561) (562) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban 7.1-Tra,nsport. by road ,---______A. ______----, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-_____.A.. ___----, ,--__-..A..-._---, ,--_____.;.__ ,-______J,.. __-----.. State Males Females Males Females Ables Females Males Females (1) (563) (564) (565\ (566) (567) (568) (569) (570) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 97 2 90 5 Rural 14 12 Urban. 83 78 4 27 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 7.i-Transport by water ------~ ------, Total Employers Employees Independent ""orkers r------'- r------~------, r------'------, r-----..A..---~ State ~lales :Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (I) (.)iI) (.J7i) (.)73) (574 ) (3/3) (;'576) (577) (578) Andaman & Nicobar Ulands Total ;)90 :181 9 Rural 2i7 277 Urban. 113 104 \} 7.3-Transport by Air r------'- .----- Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,------"-.__--~ r----..A..---~ r- ___--A-._--, r----.. -"-----~ State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (I) (.379) (580) (581) (582) (583) (i>84) (585) (.386) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 42 42 Rural 42 Urban. 7A-Railway transport, ______A.. ____. ------, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r----.A. ----, r--:__--"---~ r---~~ -----, r----__A,_-----, State 2\blcs Females Males .Females Males Females Males Females (1) (587) (588) (.589) (590) (5!ll) (592) (;')93) (59.1) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban. 7.5-Storage and warehousing r-___,;___,;--'--.;___,;------.~-.------,---'------.---A- '---, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r-~~--"--~~----. r-~-~~------' r-____'---A...-"'_"~ r------'__.A...-~-~ State 2VIales Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (595) (5\)6) (597) (1)9S) (599) (600) (601) (602) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban. 28 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 7.6- Postal Services ----, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,------"--~-----.. ,.---._--A.._------, ,------"------.. ,----"------.. State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (603) (604) (605) (606) (607) (60S) (609) (610) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 13 18 Rural 1 Urban. 12 12 7.7-Telegraph Services '__ ~_~. --A. .~ ___~ ___~. ~ __._--, Total Employers Employees Independent,-__.____,A__. Workers___ _ ,-~------. ,-_----.....A--_____.. ,--~.~~-...... State Males Females Males Females Ma.les Females Males Females (1) (611) (612) (613) (614) (615) (616) (617) (61S) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban. 7.S-Telephone Services --, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-_.__ --A. _____ ---, ,-__--..A ______.. ,-~____.___" r-___,-----"----'-~ State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (6H) (620) (621) (622) (623) (624) (625) (626) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 6 6 Rural 1 1 Urban. 5 5 7.9-Wireless Servires ,.-___ --'----"___.. ___,___,___.__.___,. ~-~--~---'_-.~------, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r---~_A. '_____" r- r------"'------, r------A.------, State l\hles Females :\fales Females Males Females Male~ ]'emales (1) (627) (62S) (629) (630) (631) (632) (633) (634) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 56 56 Rural 19 19 Urban. 37 37 17 Home/54 29 14 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. Division 8-Health, Education and Public Administration ,--______~ ___----:____'_----'----:----: __ . _.___J.._ ----, Total Employers Employees Independent'Vorkers ,--"___ ..A- ___-, ,--~-"-. ~ ,------"--~----.. r--____A..,_.___;-~ State Males Females Males Females MalE'S Females Males Females (1) (635) (636) (637) (638) (639) (640) (641) (642) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 1,176 42 1,174 41 2 1 Rural 379 5 379 5 Urban. 797 37 795 36 2 1 8.1-Medical and other Health Services ,-______A__ -, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,------"-----, ,- -, ,--___..A- State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (643) (644) (645) (646) (647) (648) (649) (650) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 105 27 104 26 1 1 Rural 34 5 34 5 Urban. 71 22 70 21 1 1 8.2-Educational___-----A--- Services______and Research -, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,------"----, ~----,,------, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (651) (652) (653) (654) (655) (6.56) (657) (658) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 48 14 47 14 1 Rural 27 27 Urban. 21 14 20 14 1 J 8.3-Army, Navy and Air Force* ,.------"------, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,------'------, ,.-- ,----"------, ,------"----, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (659) (660) (661) (662) (663) (664) (655) (666) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban. *Figures included ·in Sub·div·ision 8.8 30 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contdo 8,4,--Police (other than village watchmen) Total Employers Employees ,-______..A. __-----, ,-.------~.-----~ ,---"- ._----, State Males Females Males Females . Males Females (1) (667) (668) (669) (670) (671) (672) (673) (674) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 437 437 Rural 142 142 Urban 0 295 805--Village officers and servants including village watchmen ,--,------Total Employers Employees Independent vVorkers ,------"'---~ ,------. ,---"----..-., ,- State Males 'Female,~ Males :Females Males :Females Males Females (I) (675) (676) (677) (6i8) (679) (680) (681) (682) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 46 46 Rural 7 7 Urban 0 39 39 806--Employees of Municipalities and Local Board8 (but not including persons classifiable under any other division or sub-division) ..., Total Empl0yers Employees Independent Workers ,-______A..__~ ,-___.....-A... ___--, r----___.A....--~ ,------"------, Males }!'emales Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (683) (68·1-) (685) (G86) «(lS7) (688) (689) (690) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban 0 807--Employees of State Governments (but not including persons cla8sifiable under any other division or sub-division) ;------.------"-,------, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,-----"- ,------"---~ ,------"- ,-- State Male,; Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (I) (691) (G92) (G93) (69,t) (6\15) • (696) (697) (698) Andaman & Niocbar Islands Total 539 1 5.39 1 Rural 168 168 Urban 0 371 371 I 31 14A TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. S.S-Employees oftha Union Government (but not including persons classifiable under any other division or sub-dvision) Total Employers Employees' Independent Workers r-----~----~ r-~------' r------~-----~ r------A------. State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (699) (700) (701) (702) (703) (704) (705) (706) Andllmlln & NiJobar Islands Total Rural Urban. S.9-Employees of Non-Indian Governments r- Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r- r------"- r- r- State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (707) (70S) (709) (710) (711) (712) (713) (714) Andaman & Nicobllr Islands Total 1 1 Rural 1 1 Urban Division 9-Services not elsewhere specified r- Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r-----"------. r-----"- r- ,---- State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (715) (716) (717) (71S) (719) (720) (721) (722) Andllmlln & Nicobar Islauds Total 1,780 185 4 1,341 39 435 146 Rural 1,103 132 2 SOl 20 300 112 Urban 677 53 2 540 19 135 34 9.O-Services otherwise unclassified r- Total Employers Employees Independent Workers"" ,----_ ___A.. r-~ r- ,---- State Malea Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (723)- (724) (725) (726) (727) (72S) (729) (730) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 1,537 171 2 1,170 31 365 140 Rural 1,040 130 2 750 IS 2SS 112 Urban • 497 41 420 13 77 2S 32 TABLE B-III~EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 9.1-Domestic services (but not including services rendered by members of family households to one another) ,.- -.. 'fotal Employers Employees Independent Workers ,.------, , ,___J<.._ , State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (731) (732) (733) (734) (735) (736) (737) (738) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 137 8 126 7 11 1 Rural 44 2 43 2 Urban 93 6 83 5 10 1 9.2-Barbers and beauty Hhops r- Total Employers Employees Independent Workers , ,----'- ,___J<.._ , State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (739) (740) (741) (742) (71,3) (744) (745) (746) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 26 1 2 23 1),ural 7 7 Urban 19 1 2 16 , 9.3-Laundries and Laundry services Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r------, ,----"- ,-----'- ,----'- State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (747) (748) (749) (750) (751) (752) (753) (754) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 28 6 1 6 1 21 5 Rural 1 1 Urban 27 6 6 1 20 5 9.4-Hotels, restaurants and eating houses ,------'------~ Total Employers Employees Independent Workers ,------'------, r-~------; ,------~------; ,------'------; State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (756) (766) (767) (758) (759) (760) (761) (762) Andamsn & Nicobar Islands Total Rural Urban 33 TABLE B-III-EMPLOYERS, EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT WORKERS IN INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES BY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS-contd. 9.5-Recreation services r------Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r-----~------, r------~------, r------"------, r------A------, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (763) (764) (765) (766) (767) (768) (769) (770) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 3 3 Rural Urban 3 3 9.6-Legal and business services r- Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r- ~------, r- r-----A. r- State Males Females Malc~ Females Males Females J\:lale~ Females (1) (771) (772) (773) (774) (775) (776) (777) (778) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 13 11 2 Rural Urban 13 11 2 9.7-Arts, letters and journalism r- ----~ Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r------, r------, r------"------, r- State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (779) (780) (781) (782) (783) (784) (785) (786) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 14 10 4 Rural 2 2 Urban 12 8 4 9.S-Religious, Charitable and Welfare Services r- --, Total Employers Employees Independent Workers r------, r- --. r------~------, r- , State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (787) (788) (789 ) (790) (791) (792) (793) (794) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 22 13 9 Rural 9 6 3 Urban 13 7 6 34 TABLE B-Ill-concld. Details of Persons Deriving their Means of Livelihood from Non-Productive Occupations U NCLASSIFIABLE r- ---"------., Persons living principally Persons living principally on income from non· on pensions, remittances, Total agricultural property scholarships and funds r- r- ..A.. ____---., State Persons Males Females Males Females Males Females (I) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) Andaman & Nicobar Islands' Total 35 35 Ruralo' 35 35 Urban. UNCLASSIFIABLE r------A------______~ Inmates of jails, asylums, alms All other persons living prin houses & .recipients of doles Beggars and Vargrants cipally on income derived from non-productive activity r------A. -----., r------A------~ State ::\fales Females Males Females Males Females (1) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) Andaman & Nicobar Islands' Tota.! Rural Urban. *Means of livelihood not specified. ---..------ 35 HOUSEHOLD AND AGE (SAMPLE) TABLES TABLE C-I-HOUSEHOLD (SIZE AND COMPOSITION) This table shows the distribution of the sample households by size and composition with reference to family relation ship and age group (infants, non-adults and adults) in the State for Rural/Urban areas. "Hollsehold" includes all persons living together in the same hOllse and having a common mess. One Household in every thousand was taken as a sample. The samples were selected from the National Registers of Citizens. The first sample was obtained by dividing the number of households in each tract by 1,000 and adding 1 to the remainder. Every 1 ,OOOth households thereafter was taken as sample. Total Household Population Sample Household Population Total No. ".------'------~ Total r------'- of Persons Males Females number of persons Males Females Households sample state households (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) Andawan & Nicobar Islands Total 7,610 28,107 16,38,1 11,724 272 928 54,1 886 Rural 4,068 20,167 11,217 8,950 137 600 335 265 Urban 3,572 7,MO 5,166 2,774 135 328 208 120 r------______sampte Households___,____ Size of Hlluseholds ------. ...-A-_ Small Medium Large r----A...._----, Very large ,....._-....__)...---~ .---_-"------, ----. 3 members or less 4-6 Members 7-9 Members State r---'------, ,------'---__ 10 members or above Number Persons Number Persons Number Persons Number Persons (1) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 177 261 63 318 21 173 11 176 Rural 74 112 37 187 16 135 10 166 Urban 103 149 26 131 5 38 10 Salll!]I. HousehOlds r-----_ .------~-"""------.. r----___----... ______Compositioll__,_ of ______Households ~ ______. ___ .... Infants, non~a.dll1ts and adults in Family Structure ,- ______A .______~ households r------__....__ __~ Heads IlfHouseholds SOllll of heads Daughter of Other male Other female and their wives Infants (age less than state of households heads of relations relations one year) r---~_--"\ housebolds of heads of of heads of r---__A-. __ ""\ Males Females households households ~falea Females (1) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) Andamlln & Nicobar Islands Tot{ll 260 132 151 132 105 100 13 Rural _25 129 80 93 80 89 85 3 Urban 5 131 52 58 52 16 15 10 20 Sample Honseholds ,-----~------""------r-----_ Composition of Households ------.., Infants, nou-adults and adults in households _._A--___~....., CIvil.-._------""\ Condition r------___ ..A-.______--.., Nou-adults (age Adults (age 21 state 1-20 years) years and over) Unmarried Widowed or ,-__.A..._~ Married r------A.______r-J.-..... ,...-----A-..... Divorced Males r--___"""___-. Females Males Females Males Females Males (1) Females Males Females (26) (27) (28) (2G) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Totol ;;69 244 161 116 .106 188 212 159 Rural 25 38 215 221 117 39 197 125 124 106 Urban 14 34 IS4 23 44 77 109 63 88 53 11 4 36 TABLE C-I1-LlVELIHOOD CLASSES BY AGE GROUPS FOR SAMPLE POPULATION This table shows the distribution of each Livelihood Class by Age GrOl~p with Rural/Urban break-up. This table furnishes the number of unmarried, married and widowed or divorced males and females by Age Groups with Rural/Urban break-up. Figures for widowed and divorced have been clubbed together in this table. Figures for divorced persons are shown separately in the fly-leaf to this table. Livelihood Classes _A_ Agricultural Classes ,---- I-Cultivators II-Cultivators IV-Non-culti of land wholly of land wholly or III-Cultivating vating owners or mainly owned mainly unowned labourers and of land; and their and their their dependants Agricultural rent Total dependants dependants receivers and their dependants r---___--A- ,----.A.-----, ,-__-A----, ,---_-"--_---, ,.------"-_----, Age Groups Persons Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Andaman & Nicobar Islands (Total) All Ages 2,927 1,840 1,087 162 154 14 3 7 5 2 4 0 ]07 43 64 6 8 1 1-4 315 186 129 18 19 5-14 588 310 278 44 46 5 2 15-24 664 461 203 32 22 4 3 1 25-34 563 360 203 16 24 3 1 4 1 35-44 • 375 255 120 19 18 2 1 1 1 45-54 192 147 45 12 7 1 1 55-64 . 76 49 27 9 9 65-74 • 32 19 13 4 1 75 & over 15 10 5 2 Livelihood Classes Non-Agricultural Classes ___.---A-_ Persons (including dependants) who derive their principal means of livelihood from ,---_. ---, V-Production other VIII-Other services than cultivation VI-Commerce VII-Transport and miscellaneous sources ,------"------, ,-----"------, ,-___--"- __---, ,-__--A- __--, Age Groups Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) Andaman & Nicobar Islands (Total) All Ages 1,056 660 100 47 78 48 421 166 0 24 36 5 3 :') 1 6 15 1-4 '110 67 9 8 ;; 12 44 22 5-14 190 173 14 8 8 11 49 38 15-24 268 120 23 10 15 13 116 35 25-34 192 137 19 7 20 8 106 25 35-44 146 75 18 5 15 54 1!J 45-54 87 29 8 3 !J 30 4 55-64 25 16 2 4 \) 2 65-74 8 5 2 2 5 5 75 & over 6 2 2 1 17 Home/54 37 15 TABLE C-II-UVELIHOOD CLASSES BY AGE GROUPS FOR SAMPLE POPULATION-contd. Livelihood Classes ___- ..A.~ ______, Agricultural Classes r------..A..------~ I-Cultivators II-Cultivators III-Cultivat- IV-Kon-culti- of land wholly of land wholly ing labourers vating owners or mainly owned or mainly un- and their de- of land; Agri- and their depen- owned and pendants cultural rent dants their depen- receivers and Total dants their depen- dants ,-_~~~ _ __"___ __--, ,-_ _.-A.._--, ,----"-~ ,----"--~ ,-----"'-----" Age Groups Persons Males Females Males :!females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Andaman & Nicobar Islands (Rural) All Ages 2,135 1,301 834 155 147 12 3 6 5 1 4 o 75 30 45 6 7 I 1- 4 . 210 121 89 18 19 I 5-14 471 249 222 42 43 4 2 15-24 479 328 151 31 22 3 2 3 25-34 395 237 158 15 22 3 I 3 I 35-44 273 169 104 19 18 2 I I 45-54 138 104 34 10 6 I 1 55-64 63 39 24 8 9 65-74 19 14 5 4 I 75 & over 12 10 2 2 Livelihood Classes r------:-----" ------~ Non-AgrICultural Classes ,- .------"------.------~ Persona (including dependants) who derive their principal means of livelihood from ".--.... _____-4 __ --"______----'__ --.;---= ___ _...A..._. ______,_....., __--. ___~ V-Production other VIII-Other services than cultivation VI-Commerce VII-Transport and miscellaneous sources ,._____ .-A,. __ ~ ,.______A. __~ r-__'---"._..A.._-____'_--~ ,------"----...... Age Groups Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1 ) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) Andaman & Nicobar Islands (Rural) All Ages 882 591 30 7 3, 8 178 69 22 31 1 6 o t 1-4 91 54 2 I 3 10 11 5-14 178 160 2 2 4 23 11 15-24- 220 108 10 I 8 I 5~ 16 25-34 148 124 8 1 10 50 I) 35-44- 116 70 6 2 8 18 12 45--54 73 25 7 12 2 55-64 22 14 3 6 1 65-74 6 3 3 1 75 & over 6 2 2 38 TABLE C-II-LIVELIHOOD CLASSES BY AGE GROUPS FOR SAMPLE POPULATION-concId. Livelihood Classes ,'---- .A. Agricultural Classes ,- .A.______--, I-Cultivators II~Cultivators III-Cuitivat- IV-Non-culti- of land wholly of land wholly ing labourers vating owners or mainly owned or mainly un and their depen- of land; Agri- and their depen- owned and their dants cultural rent dants dependant,s receivers and Total their depen dants , ______A-_.._. -----'~ (---,,-_._~ ~ _ __.A.___ ---,~ ,------"--~ r-----"----, Age Groups Persons Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females ( 1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Andaman & Nicobar Islands (Vrban) All Ages 792 539 253 7 7 2 1 o 32 13 19 1-4 105 65 40 5-14 117 61 56 2 3 1 15-24 185 133 52 1 1 25-34 168 123 45 1 2 35-44 102 86 16 45-54 54 43 II 2 55-64 13 10 3 1 65-74 13 5 8 75 & over 3 3 , Livelihood-.A.______Classes ----, Non-Agricultural Classes ,---_ - ______.--A., __--, Personq (including dependants) who derive their principal means of livelihood from r------__A_------~ V -Production other VIII- Other servi~es than cultivation VI-Commerce VII -Transport and miscellaneous sources , ___ -----A-__----, r------.---A----~ r-_..----"'------, ,--.----"------, Age Groups Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (9) (20) Andaman & Nicobar Islands (Urban) All Ages 174 69 70 40 41 40 243 97 o 2 5 5 3 1 1 5 9 1-4 . 19 13 7 7 5 9 34 11 5-14 12 13 12 6 8 7 26 27 15-24 48 12 13 9 7 12 63 19 25-34 44 13 11 6 10 8 G6 16 3G-44 30 5 12 3 7 1 36 7 45-540 14 4 7 3 2 1 18 2 55-64 3 2 2 3 1 65-74 2 2 I 2 2 4 75 & over 39 15A TABLE C-IlI-AGE AND CIVIL CONDITION FOR SAMPLE POPULATION ,--______All Ages...A______• ______~ Total ,--Unmarried__-A..- ___ , ,---__Married-A.. ____ , ,--Widowed___ or.A. ___ Divorced-. r------~------~ State Persons Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (~) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 2,927 1,840 1,087 1,038 55i 728 428 74 102 Rural 2,135 1,301 834 733 429 514 325 54 80 Urban 792 539 253 305 128 214 103 20 22 Age 0 Age 1-4 Age 5-14 r----..A-_-~ r----..A..--~ r------~------, Total Total Total Unmarried Married Widowed or Divorced _....___~ ..A__~ ,-_.A-__, ..-__ ,_..A... ___...... ,-__ ~--l r---~--l State Males Females Males :Females Males Females :Males :F'ernales lIIales Felli"les Males Females (1) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (lG) (1 i) (1~) (19) (20) (21) (22) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Totlll 43 64 186 129 310 278 310 277 1 Rural 30 45 121 89 249 222 249 221 Urban 13 19 65 40 61 56 61 56 ,--______Age 15-24.A- ______, Total Unmarried :lI1arried ,---Widowed___--A-- or Divorced____ , ~--_.J.-._--l ,------___A..._---l f-----...A...---~ State Males Females Males Females Males Females lIfales Females (1) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) Andaman & Nicobar Is!ands Total 461 203 335 73 122 126 4 4 Rural 328 151 235 61 90 86 3 4 Urban 133 52 100 12 32 40 .. " Age 25-34 r------~------~------~Total Unmarried Married Widowed or Divorced ,-.____ ...A-. ___ , ,-____...A... _____• ,..----__..,;0... _____, r----..A-.---~ State Males Females Males Females lIIales ]i'emales lIlales Females (1) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (3S) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 360 203 121 8 228 164 11 31 Rural 237 1:;8 73 8 154 123 10 27 Urban 123 45 48 74 41 4 ,...-______Age:__..A-- 35-44______Total Unmarried Married Widowed or Divorced ,-----..A-----1 r-----...A...------, ,-----___A...----l ,------"'---. State Males Females lIlales Females Males Females , lIlales Females (1 ) (39) (40) (41) (42) (48) (44)' (45) (46) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 255 120 25 6 214 93 16 21 Rural 169 104 15 5 145 82 9 17 Urban 86 16 10 69 11 7 4 40 TABLE C-III-AGE AND CIVIL CONDITION FOR SAMPLE POPULATION-concld. ,....-______Age._ .._J.__ 45-54 ______~ Total Unmarried ,-____Married..A...- __ ~ Widowed or Divorced ,------"-----, r--_..A....--~ ,-----"-----~ State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (1) (47) (48) (49) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 147 45 12 117 31 18 14 Total 7 86 21 11 13 Rural 104 34 5 31 10 Urban 43 11 Age 55-64 r------~------, Total Unmarried Married Widowed,-_____A... or _____Divorced~ r-----"-----, ,--___.A..-_ __----.. ,----__A..----l State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 31 10 13 17 Total 49 27 5 Rural 39 24 2 27 10 10 14 Urban 10 3 3 4 3 3 Age 65-74 r------_-____ A ______- ____--, Total Unmarried Married Widowed or Divorced .-___A ___-. r---A--_~ r-----A---l r----A------... State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (63) (M) (65) «(;6) (67) (68) (69) (70) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 19 13 1 11 3 7 10 Rural 14 5 1 7 2 6 3 Urban 5 8 4 7 ,....-______Age 75 and.J.-- over______-, Total Unmarried Married Widowed or Divorced ,--__ -..A.____ , r----~-___, ,-----__,,_~----.. r------"'------., State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (71) (72) (73) (74) (75) (76) (77) (78) Andaman-&:NicobarJslands Total 10 5 5 5 5 Rural 10 2 5 2 Urban 3 3 Classified Abstract of Divorced Persons All Ages Age 0 Age 1-4_ Age 5-14 Age 15-24 r--__.A.. ___""""'\ r----__.A...._----~ r----..A.._-~ ,-----"-----._. ,-----"---~ state Persons lIlales Females Males Females !lfales Females Males Females Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7; (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 32 11 21 2 2 Rural 30 11 19 2 2 Urban 2 2 Age 25-~4 Age 35-44 Age 45-54 Age 55-64 Age 65-74 r---"-----., ,---__.A.. ___-""'! r---..A.._---, , ___A--_-..., ,---"----, state Males Females Males Females JlIales Females Males Females Males Females (1) (13) (14) (15) (10) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 2 12 2 3 3 2 1 1 Rural 2 11 2 3 3 2 Urban 41 TABLE C-IV-AGE AND LITERACY FOR SAMPLE POPULATION This table shows the number of literate and illiterate males and females by age groups with Rural/Urban break-up. Persous who can write and read a simple letter have been treated as ·'Literat.e.' The number of persons (who can read only bu t cannot write) are given in the abstract after the table. .------____.______------""All Ages Age 0-4 ,------"------.,Age 5-9 Total Literate Illiterate Total Literate Illiterate r---..A---~ ,---__.A..----, ~_~ ,-_.,A...__ ~ ,---..A-.-, ,--__.A.._, r---.A..~ State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) Andaman 8& Nicobar Islands Total 1,840 1,087 635 124 1,205 963 229 193 143 16 5 127 128 Rural 1,301 834 342 61 959 773 151 134 115 107 10 2 105 105 Urlmn 539 253 293 63 246 190 78 59 28 26 (\ 3 22 23 Age 10·14 Age 15·24 r------_...... __-.------"""I r------~------___., Total Literate Illiterate Total Literate Illiterate ,..---_...A._. _-.. r--_..A.... __---. r------A--~ ~--_,.._--~ ~--~~ r---~--l State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) Andaman 8& Nicobar Islands Total 167 145 54 27 113 118 461 203 197 37 264 166 Rural 134 115 32 102 104 328 151 112 19 216 132 Urban 30 22 16 11 14 133 52 85 18 48 34 ,..--______Age 25-34.A.- ______--, ,.------"------,Age 35-44 Total Literate Illiterate Total Literate Illiterate ,----"--, r------A-~ ,--_.A..--1 r--.._A.---., ,--_"""'__-, ,__-"--_-... state Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) Andaman 8& Nicobar Islands Total 360 203 170 190 171 255 120 117 15 138 105 Rural 237 158 84 13 153 145 169 104 62 9 107 95 Urban 123 45 86 19 37 26 86 16 55 6 31 10 Age 45-54 Age 55-64 r------_A-______~ r------~---______~ Total Hterate liliterate Total Literate Illiterate r---_.J...__ -. ~ ,-_ __...... _____" ,.....---...A_----, ,---A------., ,--__..A..~ State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Total 147 45 54 4 93 41 49 27 17 4 32 23 Hural 104 34 26 3 78 31 39 24 10 4 29 20 {Trban 43 11 28 1 15 10 10 7 3 3 42 TABLE C-IV-AGE AND LITERACY FOR SAMPLE POPULATION-concld. • Age 65-74 Age 75 and over ,...------__.____------~---""'\ Total Literate Illiterate Total Literate Illiterate ,-__.A...,___...." r----"------...... ,...----"-1 ~ r---....._____.., .-~-. Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females state (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (1) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) Andaman & lIicobar Islands 11 13 10 8 5 Total 19 13 8 2 10 5 10 2 2 8 Rural 14 5 4 3 1 8 Urban 5 8 4 Abstract Classifying those' Able to Read' in Age Groups (In the Table O-IV-Those 'Able to Read' have been included in the column jor Illiterate.) Able to read only r--______-A------'------~ Total Age 5-9 Age 10-14 Age 15-24 Age 25-34 ,..----'---. ~ ~ ,..---""_____' ~--, State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Malei!' Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 5 Total 15 11 2 1 1 4 Rural 6 7 1 1 3 4 urban 9 4, 2 ,..---______Able toA read______only -... Age 35-44 Age 45-54 Age 55-64 Age 65-74 Age 75 &; over ,.---..A-___--.. ,---__,..,.._ ___~ ~--_-A~----, ,--____...A---.. __ ~ r-----"----...... State Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) Andaman & Nioobar Islands Total 2 1 1 1 Rural 2 1 Urban 4, 1 TABLE C-V-SINGLE YEAR AGE RETURNS FOR SAMPLE POPULATION This table gives the distribution of person8 with Rural/Urban break-up according to their age. The instructions for Enumerators to record age were as follows: "Write age at last' birthday' i.e. the actual number of completed years of age. Write' 0 ' for infants below one year." Females r ______Males-A- ______~ Age Returns ~-______A-_-_------~ Tot"l Rural Urban Total Rural Urban (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Andaman & Nicobar Islands Z53 All Aye8 1,840 1,301 539 1,087 834 19 o 43 30 13 64 45 1 45 27 18 37 28 9 6 2 54 35 19 28 22 17 3 44 29 15 41 24 15 8 4 43 30 13 23 43 TABLE C-V-SINGLE YEAR AGE RETURNS FOR SAMPLE POPULATION-contd. Males Females Age Returns r------~------~ r , Total Rural urban Total Rural Urban (1) (1) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 5 33 24 9 28 G 18 15 3 28 24 4 23 20 26 18 8 8 37 32 25 24 1 9 32 24 8 26 19 7 10 36 29 7 32 26 6 11 26 20 6 25 20 5 12 H 37 7 37 28 13 33 25 8 27 21 (\ 14 28 23 5 24 20 4 15 27 22 28 20 8 16 28 21 21 16 17 22 15 7 17 12 18 47 36 11 32 26 19 30 22 8 22 16 6 20 88 61 27 29 17 12 21 44 28 16 13 12 1 22 89 65 24 9 7 2 23 33 20 13 16 12 24 53 38 15 16 13 25 99 68 31 43 29 14 26 46 34 12 20 14 6 27 28 24 4 14 13 28 44 26 18 22 18 29 23 14 9 23 22 30 72 44 28 40 29 11 31 8 2 4 4 32 18 9 9 18 12 33 11 8 8 6 34 11 8 3 11 11 35 61 37 24 29 26 3 36 27 16 11 8 8 37 23 14 9 12 12 38 25 16 16 H 2 39 18 17 1B 12 40 61 45 16 26 16 10 41 8 6 2 2 2 42 12 7 7 7 43 11 7 4 3 3 44 9 6 4 4 45 41 24 17 17 11 46 10 6 3 3 47 7 6 3 3 48 15 8 3 3 49 16 15 2 2 50 30 23 10 7 3 51 7 5 2 2 1 1 52 13 12 2 2 53 3 2 1 54 5 3 2 2 55 15 10 5 5 4 56 6 5 2 2 57 2 2 1 1 58 3 :3 4 4 59 4 4 2 2 60 11 8 3 10 8 61 3 3 2 2 62 :3 63 2 2 M 65 6 3 1 66 1 1 1 67 68 2 69 3 70 4 7 3 71 72 44 TABLE C-V-SINGLE YEAR AGE RETURNS FOR SAMPLE POPULATION-cancld. Males Females r-----__,.__------~ ....- .... Age Returns Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urb&ll (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) AniI&man & Nicobar 111&DdI 73 1 74 71i 3 76 77 78 2 2 79 1 80 2 2 2 81 82 88 84 85 1 86 87 88 89 90 91 P2 98 94 Ill'> ge 97 98 99 100 17 Home/54 16 45 SOCIAL AND CULTURAL TABLES TABLE D-I-LANGUAGES (i) Mother Tongue This table gives the distribution of the population of the State according to returns for Mother Tongue at the 1951 Census and the number of persons speaking each one of them. Mother Tongue is defined at this Census as the language spoken from the cradle. The Mother Tongue of infants and deaf mutes has been taken to be the same as that of their mothers. Mother Tongue Mother Tongue Serial Serial r-.------~--~----__ No. Lauguage and State from No. Language and State from which returned Males Females which returned Males Females (1\ (2) (3) (1) (2) (3) Andaman & Nicobar Islands All Languages 19,055 11,916 33 Munda 215 2 1 Andamanese 12 15 34 Marwari 2 2 Androse 2 35 Mudari 65 21 3 Assamese 12 36 Malaya. 4 Bengali 1,438 925 37 Nepali 53 12 5 Burmese 956 628 38 Nagri 13 6 Barochi 1 39 Nicobari 6,116 5,676 7 Bad;tni 1 40 Oria 9:3 16 8 Chinese 16 1 4.1 Od!", 4 9 Coorgee 34 23 42 Oroan M 10 Dogri 43 Punjabi 164 60 11 English 75 30 44 Portuguese 1 12 ]'rench • 2 45 Polish 1 13 Gujarati 123 2 46 Pushto 15 14 Garhwali 32 47 Parsi 2 15 Gurkhali 43 15 43 Ranchi 159 16 16 German 2 49 Rautra 1 17 Gosain 50 Sadri 397 18 Hindustani 2,344 1,7911 51 Santhali 7 19 Hindi 684 291 52 Sindhi 20 Italian 53 Siamese 1 21 Kanarese 26 8 54 Samalpuri 1 22 Kharia 218 55 Swedish 1 1 23 Khadia 110 56 Singhalese 3 2 24 Konkani 23 6 57 Savera 1 25 Karnatic 3 4 58 Shan 2 26 Karen 149 201 59 Tamil 1,173 41)1 27 Khas 8 60 Telugu 893 151 28 Kashmiri 61 Thailang 1 29 Kannada 1 62 Urdu 42S 434 30 Laccadive 27 63 Uraon 1,024 41 31 }!alayalam 1,703 1,112 64 Uria 10 32 Marathi '. 57 8 G5 Uaro 8 (ii) Bi-lingualism This table shows the number of persons commonly speaking any Indian Language or dialect other than his own Mother Tongue as a subsidiary language, i.e., the second language most commonly used by them. Total persons returned as speaking a langullge lIIother Tongue subsidiary Serial ,...------'-----. to that SUbsidiary Languages No. Language and State from Totals shown in ,------"- ._------,. which returned Speakers column I Hindustani Hindi Urdu Tamil Telugu Bengali Plllljabi Malayalam lIIarathi (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Andaman & Nicobar Islands An Languages 30,971 11,781 6,938 3,700 731 106 110 15 6 1 Andamanese 27 20 20 2 Androse 2 2 2 3 Assamese 12 11 4 4, Bengali 2,363 962 678 231 51 5 Burmese 1,584 1,005 916 85 1 2 6 Barochi 1 1 7 Badani • 1 8 Chinese 23 12 12 9 Coorgee 57 46 29 9 2 46 TABLE D-I-LANGUAGES-contd. (ii) Bi-lingualism-contd. Total ref:;:~~S as speaking a Mother Tongue language :Serial r---__"______' Total subsidiary No. Language and state from Speakers to that Subsidiary Languages which returned shown in ,-- column 1 Hindustani Hindi l'rdu Tamil Telugu Bengali Punjabl Malayalam Marathi (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 10 Dogri 1 11 English. 1.14 72 50 8 12 12 French. 2 1 13 Gujarati 125 116 42 58 16 14 Garhwali 32 32 32 15 Gurkhali 58 44 22 22 16 German 2 17 Gosain • 18 Hindustani 4,139 554 116 369 S 11 28 4 6 19 Hindi 975 498 296 168 1 8 9 20 Italian • 1 21 Kanarese 34 27 13 5 22 Kharia. 218 207 79 122 23 Khadia. 110 105 29 58 24 Konkanl 29 26 21 2 2 25 Karantic 7 6 6 26 Karen 350 160 93 62 27 Khas 8 7 28 Kashmir! 1 1 29 Kannada 2 2 -30 Laccadive 27 26 24 2 31 Malayalam 2,815 1,869 1,621 136 83 28 32 Marathi 65 61 54 6 33 Munda. 247 243 89 138 34 Marwari 2 1 35 Mundsri 86 78 43 33 36 Malaya. -37 Nepali 65 59 45 14 :SS Nagri 13 7 39 Nicobari 11,792 1,552 1,551 40 Or!a 109 103 83 11 2 41 Odia 4 3 42 Oroan 64 63 52 11 43 Punjabi 224 197 136 43 17 44 Portuguese 1 1 45 Polish 1 46 Pushto . 15 11 9 47 Parsi 2 2 2 48 Ranch! . 175 169 165 -49 Rantra . 1 50 Sadri 398 337 197 139 51 Santhali 8 8 6 2 52 Sindhi. 1 1 1 ·53 Siamese 1 1 54 Samalpurl 55 Swedish 2 2 .56 Singhalese 5 4 2 57 Savera 1 1 58 Shan 2 2 2 59 Tamil 1,574 1,006 818 93 82 6 60 Telugu 1,044 733 457 216 13 41 61 Thailang 1 1 1 62 Urdu 862 290 199 74 5 63 Uraon 1,065 1,011 581 397 64 Uri.. 10 9 6 3 -65 Uaro 8 8 8 47 TABLE D-J-LANGUAGES-concld. (ii) Bi-linguaJism-concld. Mother Tongue Subsidiary Languages ,.... ,-- Language and State from Serial whicb returned Sadri MUDda Gujaratl Burmese Nepali KaDare,e Karnatlc Oris .Assames.· No. (1) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) ADClamlD " lIieobar IslaDc)s AU Language8 76 U 11 17 1 7 1 1 1 1 Andamanese 2 Androse .. " 3 Assamese 4 Bengali 1 6 Burmese 6 Barochi 7 Badani 8 Cbinese 9 Coorgee II 10 Dogrl 11 Englisb 12 Frencb. 13 Gnjaratl 14 GarhwaJl 16 Gnrkhall HI GermaD 17 Gosain 18 mndustanj 4 7 19 Hindi 2 11 20 Italian 21 Kanar.. e 22 Khari" 4 2 23 Kbadia • 18 24 Konkanl 25 Karnatle 211 Karen Ii 27 Xllas 28 Kashmiri 29 Kannada 30 Laccadive :n Malayalam 32 Marathl • 33 Munda 16 34 Marwari 35 Mundari 86 Malaya 37 Nepali 38 Nagri 39 Nicobarl 40 Oria 41 Odia 42 Oroan 43 Punjabl 44 Portuguese 45 Polish 46 Fushto 4? Farsi 4,8 Ranchl 49 Rantr.. 50 Sadri 51 Santhali 62 Sindlli 53 Siamese 64 Samalpurl 55 Swedish 56 Singhalese 67 Savera 58 Shan 69 Tamil .2 60· Telugu 1 S 61 Thailang 52 Urdu 1\ 63 Uraon 33 64 Urlll 65 UaTO 48 TABLE D-II-RELIGION This table shows the number of males and females under differellt religions in the State. Total Population Hindus Sikbs Jains Buddhists ,--___.._--~ r---__.A--~ ,-----..A.._--::----. r----.A--~ r----..A-----"'\ State Persons Males Females Males li~pmales Males Femalp.s Males Females Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 30,971 19,055 11,916 6,138 3,156 89 37 1 982 622 Other Religions ~Iu'61hn~ Chri'6tian.s JeW8 Zoroatitrianti Tribal NOll~Tribal ,.---_.A-.___ ...... r--__.A..._-, .--_ _.A. ______r----"---l ,------"'------.. r--__....__-~ state Males Females Males Females Males :F'cmales llales Females Males Females ]\1ale8 Females (1) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 2,874 1,909 6,090 3,404 1 2 13 2,865 2,781 * TABLE D-III-SCHEDULED CASTES AND SCHEDULED TRIBES * This table has not been prepared as there are no Scheduled Gasles and Scheduled Tribes in these Island8. TABLE D-IV-MlGRANTS This table gives the distribution of population enumerated in the State according to their places of birth. District, state or Country where born Persons llales Female. (1) (~) -<~) (4) Andllmlln & Nicobar Islands TOTAL POPULATION . 30,971 19,055 11,916 A. Born in India 27,765 16,691 11,074 1. Born within the State of enumeration 19,323 9,964 9,359 (i) District of enumeration 19,323 9,964 9,359 (il) Other Districts II. States in India beyond the State of enumeration 8,442 6,727 1,715 (i) States adjacent to the State of enumeration (il) Other States 8,424 6,716 1,708 Assam 56 48 8 Bihar 1,93t 1,842 g~ Bombay. 113 95 18 Madhya Pradc"h 380 286 94 Madras 3,919 2,978 941 Orissa 107 78 29 Punjab 254 162 92 Uttar Pradesh 479 312 167 West Bengal 424 332 92 Hyderabad 24 19 5 Madhya Bharat 293 229 64 Mysore 18 16 2 Patiala & East Punjab states Lilian. 6 4 ;; Saurashtra \) 3 6 Travancore-Cochin 268 238 30 & Jammu Kashmir 10 9 Coorg 48 30 18 Delhi 10 -4 6 Manipur 3 Tripura 44 5 39 Rajasthan 24 23 1 (iii) Elsewhere in India • 18 11 7 17 Home/5 District, state or Country where born Persons Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) Andaman & Nicobar Islands B. Countries in Asia beyond India (including U. S. S. It.) 3,156 2,318 838 Afghanistan 3 2 1 Burma 1,213 813 400 Ceylon 4 3 1 China 12 10 2 Nepal 64 50 14 Pakistan 1,850 1,434 416 Elsewhere in Asia 10 6 4 C. Countries in Europe (excluding U. S. S. R.) 34 32 2 United Kingdom & Northern Ireland 32 31 1 Elsewhere in Europe (excluding U. S. S. R.) 2 1 1 D. Countries in Africa . 1 1 Union of South Africa I. Countries in America 10 10 Uni ted States 10 10 F. Countries in Australasia 5 3 2 Australia Elsewhere in Australasia 4 3 G. Bern at Sea H. Bitth Place not returned TABLE D-V-DISPLACED PERSONS FROM PAKISTAN Part (i) Origin in Pakistan and Year of arrival in India This table gives the details of place of origin and time of arrival in India of Displaced Persons. Displaced Persons from West Pakistan Total population of ---- ~ Displaced Persons 1946 1947 1948 1949 ]950 1951 r----~, r----A.-, r--'---, ,..---'------... r----A-----.._.. r-~-~ ,----...... __~ State Persons Males Females Males Females Males }<'emales Males Females lIlales Females Males Females Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) Andaman & Nicobar Islands . 1,500 845 655 24 12 1 Displaced Persons___,._ from East Pakistan r- .... 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 ,----"------, r-----.A_~ r----A--~ r----"------... ,-----"---, ,...... ___'__, state Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 36 28 168 113 230 185 92 77 290 238 4 2 50 TABLE D-V-DISPLACED PERSONS FROM PAKISTAN-concld. Part (ii) Displaced Persons by Livelihood Classes This table gives the distribution of Displaced Persons by Livelihood Classes. Agricultural Classes ,..---. I-Cultivators II-Cultivators III-Cultivating IV-N on·cultlvating of land wholly ofland wholly or labourers and owners of land; or mainly owned main1v unowned their depen- Agricultural rent and their depen- and tneir depen- dants receivers and their Total dants dants dependants r--__ _----.. r---~ r---"'-----"'\ ,---_..___-, r----~~ J State Persons Males Females Males Females Alales Females Males Females Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Al)daman & Nicobar Islands 1.500 845 655 473 417 1 3 4 Non-Agricultural Classes ._---A ______--, Persons (including dependants) who derive their principal means of livelihood from r-- ._--_-"-. ---~-~.__.--~------.... V-Production other VIII-Other services and than cultivation VI-Commerce VII-Transport miscella.neous sources ,------..A..,.___ , ,--_--A.___ ...... r-----"-----, r-----J..._____ -, state Males :Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 42 12 12 8 3 311 214 TABLE D-VI-NON-INDIAN NATIONALS The figures for Non-Indian Nationals enumerated in these Islands are give~in this table. Total Pakistani Burmese Chinese British r------'------, ,...-----"----, ,----A.__, r------..A..----.. r-----"-----, State Persons Males Female~ Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 1.131 720 411 39 1 582 388 4 2 29 2 Nepali SWedish Ceylonese German Italian llelglan ~, ,------A.-----., ,_...... _---, State r-----"-----. r---__.....____-.., r---"""--~ Males ];'emales Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females (1) • (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) Andaman & :tIicobar Islands 58 16 1 1 3 1 2 1 51 17A TABLE D-VIl-LIVELIHOOD CLASSES BY EDUCATIONAL STANDARDS This table gives the distribution of population in each Livelihood Class according to Educational Standards. Persons who do not come up to any of the Standards specified in the table but are literate are classified under the first category, 'Literate'. ,--______Agricultural-...-A- ______Classes -, I-Cultivators II-Cultivators III-Cultivating IV-Non-cultivating of land of land labonrers owners ofland ; wholly or wholly or and their Agricultural maiuly owned mainly unowned dependants rent receivers anil. their and their anil. their Total dependants dependants dependants ,------"------, ,..-----."--__,,---~ ,-----A-__, ,--__J.------.. Educational Standard Persons Males Females Males Females lIfales Females JlIales Females Males Females (l) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Andamlln & Nicobllr Islands All Standards 7.980 6,513 1,467 762 249 30 9 33 9 13 4 Literate 7,492 6,064 1,428 753 248 30 0 33 9 12 4 Middle School 28 27 1 Matriculate or S ..L. C. Higher Secondary 324 301 23 8 1 Intermediate in Arts or Science 48 40 8 All Degrees or Diplomas 88 81 Graduate in Arts or Science. 42 39 3 Post Graduate in Arts or Science 12 10 2 Engineering 9 Agriculture Veteriuary 4 Commerce 1 Legal Medical 9 7 2 Others 11 11 .------"-Non-Agricultnral Classes ,------"------,Persons (including dependants) who rlerivc their principal mea.nS of livelihood from V- Product.ion ?ther • VIII-Other services than cultIvatIOn "I-Commerce VII-Transport and miscellaneous r----~--~ r-----"-----.. r------...... ____-l r---~--, l<;ducational Standard Males Females Males Females lIJales Females Males Females (1) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) Andaman & Nicobar Islands All Standards 2,401 414 547 117 433 84 2.294 581 Literate 2,310 410 521 117 374 84 2,031 547 Middle SchOOl 21 2 4 M Veterinary • 2 2 Commerce 1 Legal l\[edical 1 6 2 others 6 52 SUMMARY FIGURES FOR DISTRICTS TABLE E-SUMMARY FIGURES BY DISTRICTS In this table area, percentage variation, density of population and distrihution of the population by Livelihood Classes are shown for these Islands with Rural/Urban break-up. Rural/Urban figiues for area, percentage variation and density of population are not available. Livelihood Classes r------~------~ Percentage Density ,--._____ Agricultural.A. ______Classes _, Variation .------"-----, ,--.A.....--.., 1951 1941 I-Cultivators II-Cultivators ,----_____PopulationA~ ______, 1941 1031 of land ofland to to wholly or wholly or 1951 19U mainly owned mainly unowned 1951 1941 and their and their Area ,--.______.A-_____, dependants dependants in sq. ,--'-----, ,----'------, r~ ---"----..... State and Locality miles Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Males Females (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 3,2i5 30,971 19,055 11,916 33,768 -8·3 +14-6 10 11 2,177 1,890 94 71 RURAL 22,957 13,815 9,142 2,096 1,794 89 69 URBAN 8,014 5,240 2,774 81 96 5 2 Aberdeen Rural 4,617 2,921 1,696 1,058 872 45 35 Urban 8,014 5,240 2,774 81 96 5 2 Wlmberlcygnnj-(Rural) 3,931 2,362 1,569 1,034 921 44 34 'Vimberleygunj, Forest Division-(Rural) 1,110 1,040 70 2 1 Middle Andaman, Forest Divislon-(Rnrall 1,290 1,171 119 Nicobars-(Rnral) 12,009 6,321 5,688 Livelihood Classes ,------_,.__------~ Agricultural Classes ,----______Non-Agricnltural___.A-______Classes _, r------~-----_, Persons (including dependants) who derive their principal means of III-Cultivating IV-Non-culti- livelihood from labourers vating owners r--.. ------.--..A-_------____~ and their of land ; V-Production VIII-Other dependants Agricultural other than VI-Commerce VII-Transport services and rent receivers cultivation miscellaneous and their sources dependants ~ ___J._ ___ ---... ,-____"_---, r------'------, r-----"---, r-----...A..__-l ,----~-~ State and Locality Males Females Males Females Males Females "fales Females Males Females Males Females (1) (15) (16) (17) (18) (10) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) Andaman & Nicobar Islands 85 46 21 27 10,636 6,892 935 502 737 356 4,370 2,132 RURAL 83 46 15 21 8,874 6,164 291 84 368 77 1,999 887 URBAN 2 6 6 1,762 728 644 418 369 279 2,371 1,245 Aberdeen- Rural 21 28 10 18 376 159 54 36 288 67 1,069 481 Urban 2 6 6 1,762 728 644 418 369 2;9 2,371 1,245 Wimberleygunj-(Rural) 62 18 1 471 185 56 37 6 10 689 363 Wimberleygunj, Forest Division-(Rural) 3 987 52 4 2 44 15 Middle Andaman, Forest Division-(RlIral) 2 2 1,056 94 18 9 94 14 Nlcobars-(Rural) 5,984 G,G74 159 74 103 14 53 List of Agents in India from whom Government of India Publications are available as on 31-12-54. AGRA CALCUTTA English Book Depot, Taj Road. Chakravarty Chatterjee & Co., Ltd., 15, College Modern Book Depot, 4, Taj Road. Square. National Book House, Joonimandi. Chatterjee & Co., 3, Bacha Ram Chatterjee Lane. Wadhawa & Co., Raja Mandi. Hindu Library, 69-A, Bolaram De Street. AHMEDABAD Lahiri & Co., Ltd., S.K. Chandrakant Chimanlal Vora, Gandhi Road. M. C. Sarkar & Sons Ltd., 14, Bankim Chatterjee Hari Har Book & Stationery Mart. Street. Indradbanu Book House Ltd., Mission Road, Newman &Co. Bhadra. Oxford Book & Sty. Co., 17, Park Street. New Order Book Co., Ellis Bridge. R. Cam bray & Co., Ltd., Kent House, P-33, Mis- AJMER sion Road Extn. Bookland, 663, Madargate. Roy Choudhury & Co., N.M., 72, Harrison Road. Rajputana Book House. Sarkar & Sons Ltd., B.C., 1/1/le, College Square. Oxford Book Centre, Beawar Road. Thacker Spink & Co. (1933) Ltd. AKOLA Wheeler & Co., A.H., 18, Netaji Subhas Road. Bakshi, M.G. Zoological Society of India, 34, Chittaranjan ALLAHABAD Avenue. Central Book Depot, 44, Johnston Ganj. CHANDAUSI Kitabistan, 17A, Kamla Nehru Road. Madan Mohan. Law Book Co., P.B. No.4, Albert Road. CHANDIGARH Rath Narain Lal, 1, Bank Road. Supdt., Ptg. & Sty., Punjab. Students Friends, 224, Hewett Road. COCHIN Supdt., Printing & Sty., U.P. Saraswat Corporation Ltd., Main Bazar Road. Universal Book Company. CUTTACK University Book Agency (of Lahore), P.B. No. 63. Cuttack Law Times. Wheeler & Co., A.H. Prabhat K. Mahapatra, Chandni Chowk. ALWAR Press Officer, Orissa Sectt. Jaina General Stores, Bazaza Bazar. Utkal Stores, Balm Bazar. AMBALA CANTT. DEHRADUN English Book Depot. Jugal Kishore & Co. Sohan Lal Publications. DELHI ANAND Atma Ram & Sons, Kashmere Gate. Charoter Book Stall, Station Road. * Bahri Bros., 188, Lajpat Rai Market. AMRITSAR Bawa Harkishan Dass Bedi (Vijay Genera! Agen. Sikh Publishing House Ltd., Court Road. cies), 9-E, Sadar Thana Road, G.P.O. Box BANARAS 2027. Students Friends, University Gate. Federal Law Book Depot, Kashmere Gate. Banaras Book Corporation, University Road, General Book Depot, 538/39, Egerton Road, P.O. Lanka. P.O. Box No. 220. BANGALORE Imperial Publishing Co., 3, Faiz Bazar, Darya Ganj. Bangalore Book Centre, Subeder Chitram Road. Indian Army Book Depot, 3, Daryaganj. Curator, Govt. Book Depot (Director of Ptg. & Jaina & Bros., J.M., Mori Gate. Sty. & Pubns.). Metropolitan Book Co., Delhi Gate. Standard Book Depot, A venue Road. N. C. Kansil & Co., Delhi Gate. States Business Syndicate, P.B. No. 10. New Stationery House, Subzimandi. The Bangalore Press, Lake View, Mysore, P.O.B. Youngman & Co. (Regd.), Egerton Road. No.7. DHANBAD Vichar Sahitya Ltd., Balepet. Ismg Co.operative Stores Ltd. Book Emporium M/s. S.S., 118, Mount Jay Road, Indian School of Mines & Applied Geology. Basvengudi P.O. DHUBRI - BAREILLY The Students Library, D.K. Road. National Book Depot, Biharipura. ERNAKULAM BARODA Bharat Stores. Good Companions. FEROZEPORE BHAGALPUR English Book Depot. Dealers Welfare Syndicate, 13, Anant Ram Lane, GAUHATI Bhagalpur·2 (Bihar). Kitab Ghar. BHOPAL GIRIDIH Supdt., State Govt. Press. Popular Traders. BOMBAY GORAKHPUR B. M. Santilal & Co., 93, Narayan Dhuru Street. Halchal Sahitya Mandir. Charles Lambert & Co., P.O. Box No. 1032. GWALIOR Co·operators Book Depot, 9, Bake House Lane, Jain & Brothers, M.B., Sarafa Road. Mahatma Gandhi Road. Saraswati Sadan (Loyal Book Depot). Supdt., Current Book House, Hornby Road. Ptg. & Sty., M.B. Current Technical Literature Co., Ltd., 133, HARDWAR Mahatma Gandhi Road. Shri Sewa Kunj, Booksellers. International Book House Ltd., Ash Lane, Mahat HOSHIARPUR ma Gandhi Road. Parkash News Agency. Lakhani Book Depot, Bombay-4. Universal Book Stores. New Book Co., Kitab Mahal, 188-190, Hornby HYDERABAD (Dn.) Road. Hyderabad Book Depot. Popular Book Depot, Lamington Road. Swaraj Book Depot, 1368, Lakri Ka Pul. Raj Kamal Publications, Himalaya House, Director, Govt. Press (Publications). Hornby Road. INDORE Taraporevala Sons & Co., Mis. D.B. Literature Palace, 31, Sanyogitaganj. Thacker & Co. Rupayana, Rampurwala Buildings. Tripathi & Co., N.M., Princes Street. Shri Indore Book Depot, 33, Mahatma Gandhi Wheeler & Co., A.H., 249, Hornby Road. Road. Sunder Das Gian Chand, 163, Samuel Street. ----;j